Vous êtes sur la page 1sur 354

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

FOREWORD

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

This document is intended to assist a TURBOMECA-qualified instructor in teaching

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

basic information related to the operation and maintenance of the ARRIEL 1


turboshaft engines.

It is a training aid and should only be used to support the training course to which
it refers, and only by a person attending such training. It must not be used in any
other circumstances.

It will not be updated and should not be relied upon for the maintenance or repair of
ARRIEL 1 engines. Only the current approved TURBOMECA maintenance technical
publications should be used for such purposes.

The acquisition of this document does not constitute proof of official formal training. Only
completion of a course delivered by a TURBOMECA-qualified instructor can lead to the
issuance of a TURBOMECA-recognised training certificate stating, when applicable, a
successful result.
Turbomeca Training - April 2012

This document is the property of TURBOMECA and it may not be copied without the express written authority of TURBOMECA.
Turbomeca Training is a registered Trademark.
For training purposes only 0.1
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 FOREWORD
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

SUMMARY

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

0 - Foreword 8 - Measurement and indicating


1 - Introduction systems

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

2 - Power plant 9 - Starting system

3 - Engine 10 - Electrical system

4 - Oil system 11 - Engine installation

5 - Air system 12 - Troubleshooting

6 - Fuel system 13 - Checking of knowledge

7 - Control system

For training purposes only 0.2


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 SUMMARY
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

0 - FOREWORD 3 - ENGINE

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Foreword........................................... 0.1 - Engine presentation.......................... 3.2


- Summary........................................... 0.2 - Axial compressor.............................. 3.6
- Table of contents............................... 0.3 - Centrifugal compressor..................... 3.8
- List of abbreviations.......................... 0.7 - Combustion chamber........................ 3.10
- Conversion table............................... 0.10
- Gas generator turbine....................... 3.12
1 - INTRODUCTION - Power turbine.................................... 3.14
- General information.......................... 1.2 - Exhaust system................................. 3.16
- Training programme ......................... 1.4 - 1.5 - Reduction gearbox............................ 3.18
2 - POWER PLANT - Transmission shaft and accessory
- Power plant....................................... 2.2 gearbox............................................. 3.20
- Principle of adaptation to the - Engine - Operation ........................... 3.32
helicopter.......................................... 2.8 - Engine - 1st line maintenance .......... 3.34 - 3.37
- Main characteristics.......................... 2.10
- Design and development ................. 2.14
- Maintenance .................................... 2.18 - 2.31

For training purposes only 0.3


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 TABLE OF CONTENTS
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(CONTINUED)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

4 - OIL SYSTEM 5 - AIR SYSTEM


- Oil system presentation ................... 4.2 - Air system presentation ................... 5.2

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Oil tank - Oil cooler - Oil pressure - Internal air system ............................ 5.4
transmitter ........................................ 4.6 - Air tappings....................................... 5.6
- Oil pumps.......................................... 4.8 - Compressor bleed valve................... 5.8
- Oil filter.............................................. 4.10 - External air pipes.............................. 5.16
- Oil filter pre-blockage indicator......... 4.14 - Air system - 1st line maintenance .... 5.18 - 5.21
- Low oil pressure switch..................... 4.16 6 - FUEL SYSTEM
- Electrical magnetic plugs.................. 4.18 - Fuel system presentation ................. 6.2
- Mechanical magnetic plugs............... 4.20 - Fuel Control Unit............................... 6.8
- Scavenge strainers........................... 4.22 - Overspeed and drain valve .............. 6.18
- Centrifugal breather.......................... 4.24 - Start injector electro-valve................ 6.20
- Oil system - Operation...................... 4.26 - Start injectors.................................... 6.22
- Oil pipes and ducts .......................... 4.28 - Main injection system........................ 6.24
- Oil system - 1st line maintenance .... 4.30 - 4.33 - Combustion chamber drain valve..... 6.26
- Fuel system - Operation ................... 6.28
- External fuel pipes ........................... 6.32
- Fuel system - 1st line maintenance . 6.34 - 6.37

For training purposes only 0.4


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 TABLE OF CONTENTS
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(CONTINUED)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

7 - CONTROL SYSTEM 9 - STARTING SYSTEM

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Control system presentation............. 7.2 - Starting system presentation............ 9.2


- Control system - Operation .............. 7.6 - Starter-generator............................... 9.6
- Control system - 1st line - Ignition system.................................. 9.8
maintenance .................................... 7.30 - 7.33 - Starting system - Operation ............. 9.10
- Starting system - 1st line
8 - MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING maintenance .................................... 9.14 - 9.17
SYSTEMS
- Measurement and indicating 10 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
systems presentation........................ 8.2 - Electrical system presentation.......... 10.2
- Speed measurement and indicating - Power turbine overspeed protection
system............................................... 8.4 system............................................... 10.4
- T4 measurement and indicating - Electrical harnesses.......................... 10.16
system............................................... 8.10 - Electrical system - 1st line
- Torque measurement and indicating maintenance .................................... 10.18 - 10.21
system............................................... 8.14
- Miscellaneous indications................. 8.18
- Measurement and indicating
systems - 1st line maintenance ........ 8.22 - 8.25

For training purposes only 0.5


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 TABLE OF CONTENTS
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(CONTINUED)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

11 - ENGINE INSTALLATION OBSERVATIONS .......................... LAST PAGE


- Engine compartment......................... 11.2
These training notes are established to meet training

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Engine mounting and lifting............... 11.4


requirements and take into consideration, to a certain extent,
- Air intake and exhaust system.......... 11.6
ATA 104 specifications.
- Engine/airframe system interfaces.... 11.8
- Drains - Air vents............................... 11.16 This document has 336 pages. It was produced using a desktop
- Power drive....................................... 11.18 publishing system.
- Fire protection................................... 11.20
- Engine installation - 1st line
maintenance .................................... 11.22 - 11.25
12 - TROUBLESHOOTING
- General............................................. 12.2
- Troubleshooting................................ 12.4
- Conclusion ....................................... 12.10 - 12.11
13 - CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE
- Introduction....................................... 13.2
- Questionnaire 1 ................................ 13.3
- Questionnaire 2 ................................ 13.6
- Questionnaire 3 ................................ 13.12
- Questionnaire 4................................. 13.15 - 13.28

For training purposes only 0.6


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 TABLE OF CONTENTS
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

The abbreviations / symbols shown below may be used during training:

A/C................. Aircraft FWD............... Forward

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

AC.................. Alternating Current G..................... Mass air flow


ACMS............. Automatic Control Monitoring System g..................... Grams
ACW............... Anti-clockwise HE.................. High Energy
AEO................ All Engines Operating HF................... Human Factor
ATA................. Air Transport Association HFC................ Hourly Fuel consumption
ATS................. Air Traffic Services HP................... Horsepower
BITE............... Built In Test Equipment HP................... High Pressure
cc/hr................ Cubic centimetres per hour HUMS............. Health and Usage Monitoring System
cSt.................. CentiStoke Hz................... Hertz
CW.................. Clockwise ICAO............... International Civil Aviation Organisation
daN................. DecaNewtons ICP.................. Intermediate Contingency Power
dB................... Decibels ID.................... Identification
DC.................. Direct Current IFDS............... Integrated Flight Display System
DGAC............. Direction Générale de l'Aviation Civile ILS.................. Integrated Logistics Support
EASA ............. European Aviation Safety Agency ISA.................. International Standard Atmosphere
Ec................... Kinetic energy ISV.................. Servo-valve intensity
EGT................ Exhaust Gas Temperature kHz................. Kilohertz
F..................... Frequency kPa................. Kilopascal
FAA................. Federal Aviation Administration kW.................. Kilowatt
FCU................ Fuel Control Unit l/h.................... Litre per hour
FCV................ Frequency/Voltage Converter lb..................... Pound
FMU................ Fuel Metering Unit lb/HP.hr........... Pounds per Horse Power per hour
FOD................ Foreign Object Damage lb/hr................ Pounds per hour
ft..................... Feet lb/sec. ............ Pounds per second

For training purposes only 0.7


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
(CONTINUED)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

LP................... Low Pressure P..................... Pressure


LRU................ Line Replaceable Unit P2................... Compressor outlet pressure
LTT................. Learning Through Teaching POS................ Position

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

LVDT............... Linear Voltage Differential Transducer ppm................ Parts per million


m..................... Metres PSI.................. Pounds per Square Inch
mA.................. Milliamperes PSIA............... Pounds per Square Inch Absolute
MAX................ Maximum PSID............... Pounds per Square Inch Differential
MCQ............... Multiple-Choice Questionnaire PSIG............... Pounds per Square Inch Gauge
MGB............... Main gearbox PT................... Power Turbine
MHz................ Megahertz RAM................ Random-Access Memory
MIN................. Minimum ROM............... Read-Only Memory
mm.................. Millimetre rpm................. Revolutions per minute
MTBF.............. Mean Time Between Failure RTD................ Resistive Temperature Device
MTBUR........... Mean Time Between Unscheduled SFC................ Specific Fuel Consumption
Removal shp.................. Shaft horsepower
MTCP............. Maintenance Test Control Panel SI.................... International System
MTTR.............. Mean Time to Repair SMM............... Safety Management Manual
mV.................. Millivolt SMS................ Safety Management System
N..................... Rotation speed SRU................ Shop replaceable unit
N1................... Gas generator rotation speed t...................... Time
N2................... Power turbine rotation speed T°.................... Temperature
NMD............... Navigation and Mission Display T4................... Gas temperature
NR.................. Rotor rotation speed T/O.................. Take-Off
OEI................. One Engine Inoperative TBO................ Time Between Overhauls
O/S................. Overspeed TET................. Turbine Entry Temperature

For training purposes only 0.8


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
(CONTINUED)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

TM.................. Turbomeca °C................... Degrees Celsius

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

TRQ................ Torque °F.................... Degrees Fahrenheit


US G............... US Gallon K..................... Kelvin
VAC................ Volt, Alternating Current ±...................... Plus or Minus
VDC................ Volt, Direct Current Ω..................... Ohm
W.................... Power ∆..................... Difference (delta)
WF.................. Fuel flow ∆P................... Pressure difference
Z..................... Altitude %.................... Percent
Zp................... Pressure altitude <..................... Less than
>..................... More than
ω..................... Angular Velocity
*...................... Datum (e.g. N1* = N1 datum)

For training purposes only 0.9


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

CONVERSION TABLE
UNIT International System British or American Systems

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

1 mm = 0.039 inches

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Length
1 m = 3 ft 3 inches = 39 inches

Volume 1 dm3 = 1 litre = 0.26 US gallons

Mass 1 kg = 2.2 lbs

Power 1 kW = 1.34 HP

°C = (°F-32).5/9
Temperature
K = [(°F-32).5/9] + 273

Pressure 1 kPa = 0.01 bar = 0.145 PSI

Flow (air, oil, fuel) 1 kg/s = 2.2 lb/sec.

Specific Fuel Consumption 1 g/kW.h = 0.00164 lb/HP.hr

For training purposes only 0.10


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CONVERSION TABLE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

1 - INTRODUCTION

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

- General information .............................................................................. 1.2

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Training programme ............................................................................. 1.4 - 1.5

For training purposes only 1.1


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 INTRODUCTION
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

GENERAL INFORMATION
TURBOMECA Training
"The power of knowledge"
In accordance with TURBOMECA support's proximity policy,
Adequate training is essential for obvious safety reasons, but also TURBOMECA Training has developed a worldwide training

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

to reduce additional maintenance costs incurred by unjustified network: it has an official office or Training Center for each
removals and excessive downtime. continent.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

"Greater knowledge leads to greater efficiency". TURBOMECA Training courses can therefore be conducted
worldwide:

Objectives of training - In the TURBOMECA France reference Training Center


- In the TURBOMECA USA reference Training Center
The main objective is the acquisition of the knowledge required
for the tasks to be achieved (know and know how). - In the TURBOMECA do Brasil reference Training Center

Further information is also communicated to widen the skill - In other TURBOMECA subsidiaries, e.g. TURBOMECA
and the experience of the trainee. AUSTRALASIA or TURBOMECA ASIA PACIFIC
(Singapore)
Training approach - In delegated Training Centers

- Performance based training according to task analysis, - In TURBOMECA approved Training Centers
with classroom sessions, student involvement, practical work
- Directly on the customer's site.
and trouble shooting techniques
The training courses are conducted by an instructor detached
- Advanced training aids: training notes, multimedia from TURBOMECA or by a TURBOMECA qualified and
courseware (or Computer Aided Presentation) and accredited instructor.
demonstration training engine
TURBOMECA training contact
- Instructors trained on the product and in training methods,
and qualified by TURBOMECA The focal point for all your TURBOMECA Training needs is the
"TURBOMECA Operator On-Line Support" (TOOLS) web site:
- Courses are taught in English and French. www.turbomeca-support.com

For training purposes only 1.2


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 INTRODUCTION
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

TRAINING: "The power of knowledge"


OBJECTIVES OF TRAINING
Adequate training is essential for obvious safety reasons,
but also to reduce additional maintenance costs incurred

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

by unjustified removals and excessive downtime.


TRAINING APPROACH
"Greater knowledge leads to greater efficiency".

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

North America Area

TM USA
RTC

Europe - Corporate Asia -


Africa - TM F TAP Pacific -
RTC TURBOMECA RTC
Middle East Training Australasia

TM B RTC ................. Reference Training Center


RTC TM ................... TURBOMECA
The focal point for all your
TM F ................ TURBOMECA France
TURBOMECA Training needs:
TM USA........... TURBOMECA USA
www.turbomeca-support.com TM B................ TURBOMECA do Brasil
South America Area TAP ................. TURBOMECA Asia Pacific

GENERAL INFORMATION
For training purposes only 1.3
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 INTRODUCTION
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

TRAINING PROGRAMME
The training programme is established to meet the
training requirements and takes into consideration ATA 104
recommendations and the requirements of the various authorities
concerned.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

It should be noted that the "classroom sessions" alternate with

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


periods devoted to demonstrations, practical exercises and visits.
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

For training purposes only 1.4


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 INTRODUCTION
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

TRAINING PROGRAMME OBJECTIVE DURATION


At the end of this course, the student will be able to describe the engine, to explain its principle of
FAMILIARISATION 2 DAYS
operation and to identify the main components of the engine and systems.
At the end of this course, the student will be able to identify the engine components, to describe and to

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

1st LINE MAINTENANCE explain the operation of the engine and its systems, to carry out maintenance procedures (engine 5 DAYS
COURSE installed in the airframe) and troubleshooting.
At the end of this course, the student will be able to identify the engine components, to carry out

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

all the maintenance procedures (engine removed from the airframe), mainly the removal/installation of
2nd LINE MAINTENANCE modules and shop replaceable units.
3 DAYS
COURSE PROGRAMME: The programme mainly includes practical work. This programme can be carried out
after the 1st line maintenance programme.
At the end of the course, the trainee will be able to carry out the intramodular maintenance procedures
(deep maintenance).
3rd LINE MAINTENANCE PROGRAMME: This course consists entirely of practical work and the students must have certain FROM 3 DAYS
COURSE qualifications. The course documentation consists of Maintenance Technical TO 3 WEEKS
Instructions and the Maintenance Manual. The qualification awarded at the end of this
course has certain limits and requires regular renewal.
At the end of this course, the trainee will have a greater understanding of the engine and its systems.
REFRESHER NOTE: This course is recommended for technicians who have attended the first line maintenance 2 DAYS
course, after about one year of experience on the engine type.
At the end of this course, the trainee will be able to better identify and correct operating problems.
TROUBLESHOOTING NOTE: This course is recommended for technicians who have attended the first line maintenance 2 DAYS
course, after about one year of experience on the engine type.

At the end of this course, the trainee will have an in-depth understanding of the engine fuel and control
FUEL AND CONTROL systems.
2 DAYS
SYSTEM NOTE: This course is recommended for technicians who have attended the first line
maintenance course, after about one year of experience on the engine type.

ENGINE At the end of this course, the trainee will be able to understand and use the engine documentation.
2 DAYS
DOCUMENTATION NOTE: A general knowledge of engines is recommended.

TRAINING REQUIREMENTS / ATA 104 RECOMMENDATIONS / REQUIREMENTS OF THE VARIOUS AUTHORITIES CONCERNED

TRAINING PROGRAMME
For training purposes only 1.5
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 INTRODUCTION
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

2 - POWER PLANT

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

- Power plant (71-00-00) .......................................................................... 2.2

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Principle of adaptation to the helicopter ............................................ 2.8


- Main characteristics ............................................................................. 2.10
- Design and development ..................................................................... 2.14
- Maintenance .......................................................................................... 2.18 - 2.31

(XX-XX-XX): Page references which deal with the subject in the maintenance documentation.

For training purposes only 2.1


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 POWER PLANT
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

POWER PLANT
GENERAL

Function

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

The power plant provides power by transforming the energy


contained in the air and fuel into shaft power.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Main characteristics
- Type: free turbine turboshaft engine, front power drive, external
power transmission shaft

- Concept: modular

- Max. Take-Off Power (MTOP): according to version

- Specific Fuel Consumption (SFC): according to version

- Output shaft speed: 6000 rpm (at 100%) (except the 1S1)

- Mass dry: approx. 126 kg (277 lb). The mass may vary
according to the engine versions.
- Engine dimensions with specific equipment. They may vary
according to the engine versions.
• Length: approx. 1166 mm (45.5 inches)
• Width: approx. 465,5 mm (18.2 inches)
• Height: approx. 609 mm (23.8 inches)

For training purposes only 2.2


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 POWER PLANT
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


GAS
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

AIR

POWER

FUEL

6000 RPM at 100% POWER PLANT


(except 1S1)
Type:
Free turbine type

Concept:
Max. Take-Off Power (MTOP): Modular
According to version
Mass dry:
Specific Fuel Consumption (SFC): Approx. 126 kg (277 lb)
According to version

GENERAL
POWER PLANT
For training purposes only 2.3
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 POWER PLANT
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

POWER PLANT
DESCRIPTION
Transmission shaft
This description considers the main functional components of
the engine. - External shaft located in a protecting tube which connects

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

the reduction gearbox to the accessory gearbox.

Gas generator

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Accessory gearbox
- Single stage axial compressor
- Gearbox containing the accessory drive train and the main
- Centrifugal compressor power drive (accessories driven by the gas generator and
the main power shaft).
- Annular combustion chamber with centrifugal fuel injection

- Two stage axial turbine.

Power turbine
- Single stage axial turbine.

Exhaust pipe
- Elliptical, axial exhaust pipe.

Reduction gearbox
- Reduction gearbox comprising three helical toothed gears.

For training purposes only 2.4


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 POWER PLANT
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

GAS GENERATOR POWER TURBINE EXHAUST PIPE

Axial Centrifugal Combustion Turbine

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

compressor compressor chamber

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ACCESSORY
GEARBOX

Main power drive TRANSMISSION SHAFT REDUCTION GEARBOX

DESCRIPTION
POWER PLANT
For training purposes only 2.5
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 POWER PLANT
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

POWER PLANT
OPERATION Power turbine
This part deals with the parameters and the adaptation of the The power turbine operation is defined by the balance between
gas generator and power turbine. the power received from the gas generator and the torque

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

applied on the shaft, that is the torque TRQ and the rotation
speed N2.
Component adaptation

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

For the engine operation, two functional assemblies can be Operation


considered:
The operation is represented by the diagram which shows the
- The gas generator which provides kinetic energy power W, the rotation speeds N1 and N2 and the max. torque
limit TRQ imposed by the mechanical transmission:
- The power turbine which transforms the kinetic energy into
mechanical power on a shaft. - The torque TRQ is a function of the N2 rotation speed
The two assemblies have different rotation speeds. - The power W is equal to the torque TRQ multiplied by the
angular velocity ω
Gas generator
- At constant N2 speed, the power is only a function of the
The gas generator operation is defined by: torque
- The air mass flow G (air flow which enters the engine) - The engine parameters can be represented as a function of
a reference parameter; N1 for example.
- The air pressure P2 and air temperature T2 at the centrifugal
compressor outlet

- The fuel flow WF injected into the combustion chamber

- The gas temperature TET at the turbine entry

- The rotation speed N1 of the gas generator

- The kinetic energy Ec supplied to the turbine.

For training purposes only 2.6


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 POWER PLANT
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

GAS GENERATOR POWER TURBINE

N1 TRQ
(rotation speed) (shaft torque)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

G Ec N2
(air mass (kinetic (constant rotation speed)
flow) energy)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

W
(shaft power)

P3, T3 TET
(compressor outlet (turbine entry temperature)
pressure and temperature)
WF
(fuel flow) ENGINE
W TRQ PARAMETERS

Q W = TRQ . ω G
R 0
eT ω = 2. .N
/P
P2 W
r qu Isospeeds
60
to N1 C
ax
. HF T
M TE
SFC

N2 N2 N1
Power W and speeds N1, N2 Torque TRQ as a function of N2 P2/P0: Compression ratio
HFC: Hourly fuel consumption
SFC: Specific fuel consumption

OPERATION
POWER PLANT
For training purposes only 2.7
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 POWER PLANT
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

PRINCIPLE OF ADAPTATION TO THE


HELICOPTER
Installation requirements
Power transmission
The main functional requirements of the installation are :

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

The mechanical power supplied by the engine, is used to drive


- Constant rotor rotation speed NR in all operating
the helicopter rotors through a mechanical transmission.
conditions

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

This power drives:


- Max. torque limit TRQ (usually imposed by the aircraft
- The main rotor (approximately 82%) transmission)

- The tail rotor (approximately 10%) - Complete engine protection (N1 and N2 speeds, TET
temperature, compressor surge ∆WF/∆t…)
- The main gearbox (approximately 8%).
- Good load sharing (in the case of a multi-engine
configuration).
Twin-engine configuration
In a twin-engine configuration, the engines are installed at the Adaptation to requirements
rear of the main gearbox.
To have a constant rotation speed of the power turbine N2, the
The power turbines of the two engines are mechanically power supplied by the engine is automatically adapted to the
connected to the main gearbox which drives the rotors (main demand. This adaptation is ensured by the control system which
and tail rotors). meters the fuel flow injected into the combustion chamber so as
to deliver the required power (variation of the gas generator N1
rotation speed) while keeping the engine within its operational
limits.

For training purposes only 2.8


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 POWER PLANT
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

MAIN ROTOR MAIN


82% ROTOR

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

TAIL
ENGINE 2
ENGINE ROTOR
100%

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ENGINE 1

MAIN GEARBOX TAIL ROTOR


8% 10% MAIN GEARBOX

POWER TRANSMISSION TWIN-ENGINE CONFIGURATION

N2 W - Power

NR
∆W
N1, N2, TET, ∆WF/∆t

ENGINE ∆N2

∆N2

time
Max. torque TRQ ∆t

INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS ADAPTATION TO REQUIREMENTS

PRINCIPLE OF ADAPTATION TO THE HELICOPTER


For training purposes only 2.9
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 POWER PLANT
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

MAIN CHARACTERISTICS
ENGINE RATINGS
Note 1: In single-engine configuration, only the MTOP and
The engine ratings correspond to given conditions of helicopter Max. Continuous Power ratings are authorised.
operation. The ratings are generally defined under determined

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

speed and temperature conditions.


Note 2: Use of the OEI ratings: Use of these ratings requires
The following engine ratings are considered:

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

certain maintenance procedures to be carried out.


- AEO ratings (All Engines Operating):
• Max. Take-Off Power (MTOP): max. rating which can be
used during take-off. This rating has a limited duration
(5 min. continuous)
• Max. Continuous Power: rating which can be used
without time limitation (this does not imply that it is used
permanently)

- OEI ratings (One Engine Inoperative):


• Max. Contingency Power (MCP): rating which can be
used in the case of one engine failure during take-off or
landing. This rating is limited to a period of continuous
operation: 2 min. 30 sec.
• Intermediate Contingency Power (ICP): rating which
can be used in the case of one engine failure in flight.
This rating is limited to 30 min. or unlimited (according
to versions).

For training purposes only 2.10


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 POWER PLANT
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

N1
MCP

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

2 min. 30 sec.
MTOP (5 min.)
ICP
Max.
Continuous 30 min.
or unlimited
Power

AEO OEI
RATINGS RATINGS

Note: The power indicated corresponds to the following configuration: engine installed,
max. torque in the corresponding rating, ISA conditions at sea level.

ENGINE RATINGS
MAIN CHARACTERISTICS
For training purposes only 2.11
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 POWER PLANT
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

MAIN CHARACTERISTICS
ENGINE OPERATING ENVELOPE
Note: The engine operates within various limits: rotation
The engine is designed to operate within a given climatic speeds, temperatures, pressures…
envelope.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Refer to corresponding chapters and official


The envelope is defined by: publications.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- The atmospheric temperature T0

- The pressure altitude Zp

- And lines of standard atmosphere.

Flight envelope

The flight envelope is illustrated by the T0/Zp diagram and the


lines of standard atmosphere, with the max. tropical zone and
the min. arctic zone.

Starting and relight envelope

The starting and relight envelope is defined in the same way,


but it is also affected by the specifications of oil and fuel used,
and sometimes by particular procedures.

For training purposes only 2.12


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 POWER PLANT
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

ISA - International standard

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

atmosphere
* Depending on oil and fuel
specifications. Can also require
Max. - Tropical zone
special operating procedures.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

T0 Min. - Arctic zone T0


°C °C

+50° +50°

Max. Max.
+15°

ISA ISA
*
Min.
-50° -50° Min.

-500 m 0 Zp 0 Zp

FLIGHT ENVELOPE STARTING AND RELIGHT


ENVELOPE

ENGINE OPERATING ENVELOPE


MAIN CHARACTERISTICS
For training purposes only 2.13
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 POWER PLANT
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT


GENERAL
Development steps
Principles of design - Certification in 1977 by the French Authorities

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

The engine is designed to meet the aircraft propulsion - The first production engine was delivered in January 1978
requirements and particularly for the new generation of

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

helicopters. - ARRIEL engines will be in service for long years.

The engine design is based on:


Engine designation
- An optimised thermodynamic cycle which gives high
performance - Example: ARRIEL 1A2.

- Simple and reliable components giving a good supportability, ARRIEL - According to TURBOMECA tradition: name of a
and a good maintainability to reduce the costs. Pyrenean lake.

- 1: Type
Engine development
- A: Variant
The ARRIEL engine is based on research and experience of
other engines: - 2: Version.

- First generation engines: ASTAZOU, ARTOUSTE and


TURMO.

For training purposes only 2.14


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 POWER PLANT
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

Engine design ARRIEL 1


640 - 700 shp

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Optimised Simple and reliable

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

thermodynamic cycle components

Supportability ASTAZOU
Maintainability 500 - 1000 shp TURMO
ARTOUSTE 1500 - 1600 shp
400 - 850 shp
High Cost
performance reduction ENGINE DEVELOPMENT

PRINCIPLES OF DESIGN
ARRIEL lake
STEPS
2011
10000th
Arriel (1 and 2)
1978 Example: ARRIEL 1A2
First ARRIEL: Name of a Pyrenean lake
production for the turboshaft engines
1: Type
1977 time A: Variant
Certification 2: Version
DEVELOPMENT STEPS ENGINE DESIGNATION

GENERAL
DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT
For training purposes only 2.15
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 POWER PLANT
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT


APPLICATIONS

The ARRIEL 1 is presently destined for the following helicopters:


Squirrel and Dolphin (EUROCOPTER), A 109 K2 (Agusta),

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

S 76 (Sikorsky), BK 117 (EUROCOPTER).

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Maintenance concept
The main aspects of the maintenance concept are the
following:

- Full modularity

- Good accessibility

- Reduced removal and installation times

- "On-condition" monitoring

- High initial TBO

- Low cost of ownership:


• Low production costs
• Durability (defined and proven TBO and life limits)
• High reliability
• Low fuel consumption.

For training purposes only 2.16


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 POWER PLANT
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

SQUIRREL I-RAIE
REGA

(EUROCOPTER) A 109 K2

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

(AGUSTA)

DOLPHIN
(EUROCOPTER) BK 117
(EUROCOPTER)

MAINTENANCE CONCEPT

- Full modularity
- Good accessibility
- Reduced removal and installation times
- "On-condition" monitoring
- High initial TBO
- Low cost of ownership:
• Low production costs
• Durability (defined and proven TBO
and life limits)
• High reliability S 76
• Low fuel consumption. (SIKORSKY)

APPLICATIONS
DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT
For training purposes only 2.17
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 POWER PLANT
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE CONCEPT 2nd line maintenance: engine maintenance in workshop.

Introduction - Corrective maintenance: SRU and module removal and


installation.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

The engine is designed to have a high availability rate with


reduced maintenance. 3rd line maintenance: deep maintenance which involves
module repairs.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

The main aspects of the maintenance concept are the following:


- Corrective maintenance: component replacement.
- Effective modularity
4th line maintenance: overhaul and repair in specific workshop.
- Good accessibility
- Maintenance scheduled when the TBO is completed or when
- Reduced removal and installation times the life limit of a component is reached
- On-condition facility - Corrective maintenance.
- Quick repair. Other aspects of maintenance
Maintenance levels Refer to the following pages.
Four maintenance levels can be considered: Note 1: LRU - Line Replaceable Unit
1st line maintenance: SRU - Shop Replaceable Unit.

- Scheduled and preventive maintenance Note 2: The maintenance steps are determined by the operator
• Checks and inspections taking into account the difficulties, the personnel and
logistic considerations.
• Life limit or completed TBO removal
As far as the engine manufacturer is concerned, the
- Corrective maintenance current maintenance procedures (1st, 2nd line) are
• Fault detection defined and described in the maintenance manual.
Deep maintenance (3rd line) and overhaul (4th line)
• Component replacement (LRU) are described in other documents and are subject to
• Check. particular license agreements.

For training purposes only 2.18


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 POWER PLANT
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

MAINTENANCE LEVELS

1st LINE MAINTENANCE 2nd LINE MAINTENANCE 3rd LINE MAINTENANCE 4th LINE MAINTENANCE
- Scheduled or preventive - Corrective maintenance (engine removed) (engine removed in specific workshop)
maintenance (modules, SRU) - Deep maintenance - Scheduled maintenance
- Corrective maintenance (overhaul, repair)
(LRU) - Corrective maintenance

Maintenance Manual Maintenance Technical Overhaul Manual


(Operator or Service Centre Instruction (Repair Centre)
or Maintenance Centre) (Operator or Maintenance Centre)

MAINTENANCE CONCEPT
MAINTENANCE
For training purposes only 2.19
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 POWER PLANT
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

MAINTENANCE
LIFE LIMITATIONS Counting of hours and cycles
A cycle is a clearly defined operating sequence.
TBOs

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Cycles and hours are counted either manually or automatically.


TBOs (Times Between Overhauls) are defined for the engine, The methods for counting hours and cycles and the various
the modules and some accessories. These TBOs, determined limits are described in Chapter 5 of the Maintenance Manual.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

by tests and experience, are subject to an extension programme.


A counting check (comparison between automatic counting
The TBO is expressed in flight hours. and manual counting) is a procedure planned in the periodic
maintenance.
Life limits A simple check can be carried out by comparing the two engine
Certain components (mainly rotating parts such as compressor, readings for a given period of operation.
turbines, injection wheel…) have a life limit which requires the
part to be scrapped when the limit is reached. On-condition
The life limit is expressed in operating cycles (N1 or N2 cycles). Some components have no TBO, no life limit and no calendar
limit. They are generally considered to be "on-condition"
Calendar limits components.

The calendar limit is the time (expressed in years) after which Use-limited parts
the complete engine, module or part subjected to calendar limit
has to be returned to the factory or an approved repair center. These parts have a maximum usage defined in hours; this
includes parts such as bearings, casings and shafts. Their limits
The count starts at the engine first installation in the aircraft are greater than the normal TBO of the engine, thus permitting
(since new, overhaul or repair). them to be used over two or more TBOs, which reduces engine
overhaul costs for the customer.
These parts and their corresponding limits are listed in the
engine log book.

For training purposes only 2.20


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 POWER PLANT
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

COUNTING OF HOURS
TBOs AND CYCLES "ON-CONDITION"
Some components have no TBO,

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

- Engine - Manual counting no life limit and no calendar limit.


- Modules - Automatic counting They are generally considered to
- Accessories - Counting check be "on-condition" components.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

LIFE LIMITS USE-LIMITED PARTS

Maximum usage:
Cycles for: - Defined in hours
- Compressors - Greater than the normal TBO
- Turbines Usable for two or more TBOs,
- Injection wheel which reduce engine overhaul
costs

CALENDAR LIMITS
Time limits:
- Engine
- Modules
- Part
(since new, overhaul or repair) N1 and N2 cycle Cycle counter
displays according according to
to variant engine variant

LIFE LIMITATIONS
MAINTENANCE
For training purposes only 2.21
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 POWER PLANT
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

MAINTENANCE
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
Examples of considered means
Preventive maintenance is a schedule of planned maintenance
actions aimed at the prevention of failures. - Borescopic inspection: this permits inspection of internal
parts which are not accessible without disassembly

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

It includes two inspection types.


- Lubrication oil check: various methods are used to check
Servicing inspections (except 1E2) for the contamination of the oil (magnetic plugs, strainers

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

sampling). Samples of oil are taken at regular intervals and


- Inspection "after the last flight of the day"
the samples are analysed to measure the contamination
- Inspection "before the first flight of the day" and anticipate incipient failures (analysis by magnetoscopy,
- "Pre-flight" inspections ferrography, spectrometric oil analysis)

- "Post-flight" inspections. - Vibration level check: the vibration level of the rotating
assemblies gives an indication of the engine condition
Servicing inspections (1E2) - Power check: it is ensured by the pilot (refer to "Flight
- Inspection before the first flight of the day Manual")
- Inspection between two flights - Visual inspection: conventional visual inspections are also
considered for on-condition monitoring.
- Inspection after 15 flight hours or 7 days.
CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE
Periodic inspections
- These procedures can be "blocked" (at fixed intervals for all The objective is to put the engine back into normal service
the procedures) or staggered (each procedure is distributed as soon as possible. Corrective maintenance includes
over a period of time to reduce the turnaround time while still all procedures which must be carried out when required
respecting the intervals) (failures, anomalies, etc …).
- Visits are scheduled as a function of flight hours (e.g.: every
500 hours) or calendar (e.g.: 2 years)
- Special inspections:
• Particular inspections
• Inspections according to airworthiness.

For training purposes only 2.22


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 POWER PLANT
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

Servicing inspections / Periodic inspections

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

EXAMPLE OF MAIN INSPECTION POINTS

- Visual checks

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Inspection of filters
- Inspection of magnetic plugs
- Oil sampling (for analysis)
- Oil level (and replenishment if required)
- Compressor cleaning (depending on
operating conditions)
- Ground run test
- ...

LUBRICATION OIL CHECK VIBRATION LEVEL


CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECK

To put the engine back into normal service BORESCOPIC INSPECTION VISUAL INSPECTION
as soon as possible

EXAMPLE OF MAIN TASKS


- Troubleshooting
- Run-down check
FLI
- Functional and condition checks GH
TM
AN
- Removal and installation REFER TO THE UA
L
- Adjustments
- Miscellaneous procedures (cleaning, storage ...)
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
- Repair (or replacement) Chapter 05 POWER CHECK
- Particular instructions

PREVENTIVE AND CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE


MAINTENANCE
For training purposes only 2.23
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 POWER PLANT
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

MAINTENANCE
- A list of failures observed during use
TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS - PRESENTATION
- A list of failures observed during maintenance
This part deals with the 1st and 2nd lines engine technical
documentation. - A list of troubleshooting tasks.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Maintenance documents Identification documents


The maintenance documents are: The identification documents are:

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- The current maintenance documents (1st and 2nd lines): - The servicing-maintenance documents:
• Maintenance Manual (describes the engine and its • Spare Parts Catalogue (list and reference of all the spare
systems and all the maintenance procedures) parts)
• Service Bulletins (approved by the authorities, and issued • Special Tools Catalogue (tool designations and part
to inform the operators of a modification or an instruction numbers).
which affects the operational aspects)
Operation documents
• Service Letters (letter sent to inform the operator of certain
instructions related to the operation of the engine) The operation documents are:
• Modification Index - Engine log book (records and provides information on the
Standard practices: practices which are not specific to a engine status)
product. When applied to a given engine, they are however - Flight Manual (the Flight Manual is the pilot's basic reference
described in chapter 70 of the Maintenance Manual document and specifies the limitations, the normal and
Main practices: thread inserts, LOCTITE products, tightening emergency procedures, and the performance data. It is
torques, locking of assemblies, electrical connectors, ... approved by the Airworthiness Authorities).

Troubleshooting Electronic documentation


It forms the last volume of Maintenance Manual. Chapter - Maintenance Technical Publications: these are electronic
71-00-06 of the Maintenance Manual, which is dedicated to versions of the maintenance documentation
troubleshooting includes: - TOOLS: It is a service providing real issue of technical
publication as service bulletins, service letters, maintenance
manual updating... Each new document edition will be notified
and provided by email in real time to subscriber.

For training purposes only 2.24


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 POWER PLANT
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

MAINTENANCE IDENTIFICATION

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


ARRIEL ARRIEL ARRIEL ARRIEL ARRIEL ARRIEL ARRIEL
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE SERVICE SERVICE MODIFICATION SPARE TOOLS


MANUAL MANUAL BULLETINS LETTERS INDEX PARTS CATALOGUE
vol. 1 vol. 2 CATALOGUE

OPERATION
COMPOSITION OF THE MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ARRIEL CHAP DESIGNATION


1
00 Introduction ENGINE FLI
GH
MAINTENANCE TM
MANUAL 05 Time limits / LOG BOOK AN
UA
vol. 3 L
Maintenance checks
CHAP. 71-00-06
TROUBLESHOOTING 26 Fire protection
70 Standard practices ELECTRONIC
71 Power plant
72 Engine
73 Fuel system
74 Ignition
75 Air
77 Engine indicating
78 Exhaust system
Failures observed 79 Lubrication MAINTENANCE

80 Starting
during use

Failures observed
during maintenance

Troubleshooting
tasks
(compiled according to recommendations of the
TECHNICAL
American standard "ATA 100") PUBLICATION

TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS - PRESENTATION


MAINTENANCE
For training purposes only 2.25
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 POWER PLANT
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

MAINTENANCE
TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS - ADVISORY NOTICES
Examples
Three types of advisory notice are used in the technical
publications: WARNING: do not breath the oil vapors. Do not leave oil in

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

contact with the skin.


- WARNING
CAUTION: if the flush is being carried out because of metal

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- CAUTION particles in the oil system, change the filter and thoroughly
clean the tank.
- NOTE.
NOTE: take the oil sample before carrying out any
replenishment.
Interpretation
WARNING: warns the reader of the possibility of physical harm
(e.g. wounding, intoxication, electrocution).

CAUTION: warns the reader of the possibility of damaging the


engine or tooling.

NOTE: gives the reader advice on how best to carry out a


task.

For training purposes only 2.26


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 POWER PLANT
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

WARNING CAUTION NOTE


(physical harm) (possibility of damage) (advice)

Examples: Examples: Examples:


- Toxicity of engine oil and vapours - Titanium part cleaning - Oil analysis
- Toxicity of cleaning products - Scrapping of O'ring seals - Cycle counting
- Toxicity of extinguishing products - Use of the correct cleaning products - Installation of O'ring seals
- Eye protection - Engine cooling - Engine storage
- Fire risk - Engine cleaning after use of - Insulation measurements
- Electrical discharge from ignition units: extinguishing product - Procedural change with modification
- electrocution - Orifice protection during removal - ……
- risks with use in an inflammable - Borescope fragility
atmosphere - Tightening torque
- …… - ……

TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS - ADVISORY NOTICES


MAINTENANCE
For training purposes only 2.27
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 POWER PLANT
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

MAINTENANCE
LUBRICANTS / FUELS / MATERIALS PRESERVATION AND STORAGE

Lubricants Type of storage


The engine manufacturer recommends the use of synthetic oils Engine uninstalled

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

which keep their lubricating properties over a wide temperature Refer to maintenance manual for preservation and storage
range and have a longer operating life. procedures and periodicity.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

The maintenance manual (chapter 71) contains specification "Short term" storage
tables and precautions.
Procedure which protects the engine for a duration of less than
We shall remind you here that the mixture of oils of different three months.
types or brands is not recommended. Therefore the system
should be flushed when the oil specification is changed. "Long term" storage
Procedure which protects the engine for a duration of more
Fuels than three months. The max. duration of storage varies with
The maintenance manual (chapter 71) contains tables indicating the type of container used (wooden or metal container). With
the fuel types with the corresponding US, UK, NATO and French wooden container, the max. duration of storage also varies with
specifications. the type of cover used.
Two types of fuel can be considered: Engine installed in the aircraft
- The "normal fuels" which can be used without restriction in - For a duration of less than 6 months, 2 types of storage
all the operating envelope can be considered : "operational" (with 5 min. ground run)
- The alternative fuels (or replacement fuels) which may be and "not operational" (with dry crank).
used, but with particular restrictions (additives...) and for a - For a duration of more than 6 months, remove the engine
limited time in order not to affect the engine TBO. and do the “long term” storage procedure.
Materials Storage inspection
Various products are used for engine maintenance. Once the engine has been put into storage, it must be periodically
For example graphite grease, molybdenum disulphide for the checked to ensure that it is in good condition. In the event of
installation of parts, cleaning and inhibiting products. an anomaly, the preservation and storage procedures must
The various products must be used carefully, for instance use be renewed.
of trichlorethylene on titanium alloy parts is forbidden.

For training purposes only 2.28


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 POWER PLANT
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

LUBRICANTS GENERAL
(Maintenance manual, chapter 71) - Protection against corrosive
agents

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

- NORMAL LUBRICANTS: medium viscosity


synthetic oils
- ALTERNATIVE LUBRICANTS: medium and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

low viscosity oils


- No mixture of oils of different brands
- Flushing of the system when the oil
specification is changed
TYPE OF STORAGE

ENGINE UNINSTALLED
FUELS
- "Short term" storage: duration less than
(Maintenance manual, chapter 71)
3 months
- "Long term" storage: duration more than
- NORMAL FUELS (without restriction)
3 months (wooden or metal container)
- ALTERNATIVE FUELS (with particular
restrictions: operating times, additives...)
ENGINE INSTALLED IN THE AIRCRAFT
- Duration less than 6 months
- Duration more than 6 months
MATERIALS

- PART INSTALLATION: graphite grease,


molybdenum disulphide...
- CLEANING: water, fuel, alcohol, detergent...
- STORAGE: water-repellent product... Refer to
maintenance manual for
STORAGE INSPECTION
preservation and storage
procedures and - To be carried out periodically
- Renewal of preservation and storage
periodicity
if necessary

LUBRICANTS / FUELS / MATERIALS - PRESERVATION AND STORAGE


MAINTENANCE
For training purposes only 2.29
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 POWER PLANT
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

MAINTENANCE
SAFETY MANAGEMENT Environment - The situation in which the SHELL system must
function, the social and economic climate as
The International Civil Aviation Organisation (ICAO) requires that well as the natural environment
states establish a safety programme to achieve an acceptable

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

level of safety in aviation operations. Therefore states shall Liveware - The human beings' engineers, technicians, aircrew,
require that individual operators, maintenance organisations, managers and administration personnel
ATS providers and certified aerodrome operators implement a

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Safety Management System (SMS) accepted by the state. The edges of the blocks are not simple and straight because each
component has to be adapted to the others. When considering
ICAO provides a Safety Management Manual (SMM) which HF, all the interfaces have to be taken into account:
explains in detail the implementation of an SMS on 19
chapters. - Liveware - Software

HUMAN FACTORS - Liveware - Hardware

The European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) requires that - Liveware - Environment
aviation maintenance personnel receive training on Human
Factors (HF). - Liveware - Liveware

They must have an initial HF training followed by regular The EASA part 145 recommends 1 to 3 days initial training on
refresher training. HF depending on the persons concerned and further training
every 2 years.
Below is a precis of the ICAO SHELL model which is a conceptual
model proposed in ICAO circular 216-AN31. It represents the
different components of human factors and is only intended as
a basic aid to understanding HF:

Software - The rules, procedures, written documents, etc.,


which are part of standard procedures

Hardware - Tools, equipment, workshop, hangar

For training purposes only 2.30


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 POWER PLANT
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

CHAPTERS OF SAFETY
MANAGEMENT MANUAL (SMM)
Chapter 01 Overview

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Chapter 02 Responsibility for managing safety


Chapter 03 State Safety programme

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Chapter 04 Understanding Safety HARDWARE

Chapter 05 Basics of safety management


Chapter 06 Risk management
Chapter 07 Hazard and Incident reporting
Chapter 08 Safety Investigations
Chapter 09 Safety analysis and Safety studies
SOFTWARE LIVEWARE ENVIRONMENT
Chapter 10 Safety performance monitoring
Chapter 11 Emergency response planning
Chapter 12 Establishing a safety management system
Chapter 13 Safety assessments
Chapter 14 Safety auditing
Chapter 15 Practical considerations for operating a safety
LIVEWARE
management system
Chapter 16 Aircraft Operations
Chapter 17 Air Traffic Services (ATS)
Chapter 18 Aerodrome Operations
Chapter 19 Aircraft maintenance

SAFETY MANAGEMENT HUMAN FACTORS

SAFETY MANAGEMENT - HUMAN FACTORS


MAINTENANCE
For training purposes only 2.31
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 POWER PLANT
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

3 - ENGINE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

- Engine presentation (72-00-00) ............................................................ 3.2

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Axial compressor (72-30-02) ................................................................ 3.6


- Centrifugal compressor (72-40-01) ...................................................... 3.8
- Combustion chamber (72-40-02) ......................................................... 3.10
- Gas generator turbine (72-40-03) ......................................................... 3.12
- Power turbine (72-50-01) ...................................................................... 3.14
- Exhaust system (78-51-01) ................................................................... 3.16
- Reduction gearbox (72-60-00) .............................................................. 3.18
- Transmission shaft and accessory gearbox (72-10-00) .................... 3.20
- Engine - Operation (72-00-00) .............................................................. 3.32
- Engine - 1st line maintenance ............................................................. 3.34 - 3.37

(XX-XX-XX): Page references which deal with the subject in the maintenance documentation.

For training purposes only 3.1


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

ENGINE PRESENTATION
GENERAL
Main components
Function - Gas generator

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

• Axial compressor
The engine transforms the energy in the air and fuel into
mechanical power on a shaft. • Centrifugal compressor

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

• Combustion chamber
• Turbine
Main characteristics
- Power turbine
- Type: Free turbine with forward drive via an external shaft
- Exhaust pipe
- Power class: from 480 to 560 kW (650 to 760 shp) according
to version - Reduction gearbox
- Specific fuel consumption: according to version (see - Transmission shaft
maintenance manual)
- Accessory gearbox.
- Gas generator speed (N1): approx. 52000 rpm at
100%
• Direction of rotation: anti-clockwise (ACW)

- Power turbine speed (N2): approx. 41600 rpm at 100%


• Direction of rotation: clockwise (CW)

- Output shaft speed: 6000 RPM at 100% (except the 1S1)


• Direction of rotation: clockwise (CW)

Note: Direction of rotation given viewed from the rear.

For training purposes only 3.2


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

GAS GENERATOR POWER EXHAUST


TURBINE PIPE
Axial Centrifugal Combustion Turbine
compressor compressor chamber

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Type:
Free turbine with forward drive via
an external shaft

Power class:
From 480 to 560 kW
(650 to 760 shp) according to version

Specific fuel consumption:


According to version
(see maintenance manual)

Gas generator speed (N1):


Approx. 52000 rpm at 100%; ACW

Power turbine speed (N2):


Approx. 41600 rpm at 100%; CW

Output shaft speed: ACCESSORY TRANSMISSION REDUCTION


6000 rpm at 100% GEARBOX SHAFT GEARBOX
(except the 1S1); CW

GENERAL
ENGINE PRESENTATION
For training purposes only 3.3
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

ENGINE PRESENTATION
DESCRIPTION
Note 1: A module is a sub-assembly which can be replaced
Modular layout on-site (2nd line maintenance) without complex tooling

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

or adaptation work.
A module is a sub-assembly which can be replaced on-site (2nd Each module has an identification plate. The engine
line maintenance) without complex tooling or adaptation work. identification plate is fitted on the right-hand side of

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

the M01 protection tube.


Each module has an identification plate. The engine identification
plate is fitted on the right hand side of the M01 protection tube.

The engine comprises 5 modules: Note 2: Some accessories are provided with each module.
In these training notes, those components are dealt with
- Module M01: Transmission shaft and accessory gearbox in the chapters corresponding to the main systems.
- Module M02: Axial compressor

- Module M03: Gas generator HP section

- Module M04: Power turbine

- Module M05: Reduction gearbox.

For training purposes only 3.4


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

MODULE M03
GAS GENERATOR
MODULE M02 HIGH PRESSURE SECTION MODULE M04
AXIAL COMPRESSOR POWER TURBINE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

MODULE M05
REDUCTION GEARBOX

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

MODULES IDENTIFICATION
PLATES

MODULE M01
TRANSMISSION SHAFT
AND ACCESSORY GEARBOX

ENGINE IDENTIFICATION
PLATE

DESCRIPTION
ENGINE PRESENTATION
For training purposes only 3.5
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

AXIAL COMPRESSOR
PRESENTATION - Stationary components:
• Diffuser
Function • Casing.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

The axial compressor ensures a first stage of compression to


supercharge the centrifugal compressor. Functional description

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

The axial compressor ensures a first stage of compression in


Position order to supercharge the centrifugal compressor.
- At the front of the engine (the axial compressor assembly
forms the module M02). Compressor airflow

The ambient air, admitted through the air intake duct and
Main characteristics guided by the inlet cone, flows between the blades of the axial
- Type: axial transonic supercharging compressor compressor. The air is discharged rearwards with an increased
axial velocity.
- Airflow: 2.5 kg/sec (5.5 lb/sec.)
- Rotation speed: N1; ACW The air then flows through the vanes of the diffuser. Due to the
divergent passage, the air velocity is reduced and the pressure
- Wheel made of titanium alloy, cut from the solid. increased.

The flow is straightened by the stator vanes before being admitted,


Main components through an annular duct, to the centrifugal compressor.
- Rotating components:
• Air inlet cone
Note: In order to avoid compressor surge, a valve discharges
• Axial wheel overboard a certain amount of air in certain operating
• Shaft conditions.
• Bearing
• Accessory drive shaft

For training purposes only 3.6


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

Type:
Axial transonic
supercharging compressor

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Airflow:
2.5 kg/s (5.5 lb/sec.)
P1': AIR DISCHARGED

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

THROUGH THE COMPRESSOR


Rotation speed:
BLEED VALVE
N1; ACW

Wheel made of titanium


WHEEL DIFFUSER COMPRESSION AND
alloy, cut from the solid
STRAIGHTENING OF THE AIR
SHAFT
ACCELERATION
OF THE AIR

ADMISSION
OF AMBIENT AIR

AIR INLET
CONE

SUPERCHARGING OF THE
BEARING CASING ACCESSORY CENTRIFUGAL COMPRESSOR
DRIVE SHAFT

PRESENTATION
AXIAL COMPRESSOR
For training purposes only 3.7
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

CENTRIFUGAL COMPRESSOR
PRESENTATION - Stationary components:
• Diffusers
Function • Casings.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

The compressor supplies the compressed air required for


combustion. Functional description

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Supercharged by the axial compressor, it ensures the second The centrifugal compressor ensures the main stage of
stage of compression. compression.

Position Compressor airflow

- At the front of the module M03. The air supplied by the axial compressor flows between the
blades of the centrifugal compressor. The air pressure increases
Main characteristics due to the divergent passage between the blades and the air
velocity increases due to the centrifugal flow.
- Type: centrifugal, high efficiency
The air leaves the tips of the blades at very high velocity and
- Airflow: 2.5 kg/s (5.5 lb/sec.) then flows through the 1st stage diffuser vanes where the velocity
is decreased and the pressure is increased.
- Compression ratio: 5.4 / 1 (global: 8.2 / 1)
- Rotation speed: N1; ACW The air then passes through an elbow and the flow becomes
axial. In the 2nd stage diffuser, the velocity is again decreased
- Wheel made of titanium alloy, cut from the solid. and the pressure increased. The air is then admitted into the
combustion chamber.
Main components
- Rotating components:
• Wheel
• Shaft
• Bearing

For training purposes only 3.8


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

Type:
Centrifugal, high efficiency

Airflow:

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

2.5 kg/s (5.5 lb/sec.)

DIFFUSERS Compression ratio:

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

5.4 / 1 (global: 8.2 / 1)

Rotation speed:
N1; ACW COMPRESSION
CASINGS OF THE AIR IN THE
Wheel made of titanium DIFFUSER STAGES
alloy, cut from the solid

AIR ADMITTED
INTO THE
BEARING SUPERCHARGING
COMBUSTION
BY THE AXIAL
CHAMBER
COMPRESSOR

ACCELERATION
CENTRIFUGAL
AND COMPRESSION
WHEEL
OF THE AIR

PRESENTATION
CENTRIFUGAL COMPRESSOR
For training purposes only 3.9
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

COMBUSTION CHAMBER
PRESENTATION Combustion chamber flow
Function In the combustion chamber, the compressed air is divided into two
flows: a primary air flow mixed with the fuel for combustion and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

The combustion chamber forms an enclosure in which the air/ a secondary air flow (or dilution air flow) for cooling of the gas.
fuel mixture is burnt.
- Primary air: one part flows through the orifices of the front
Position swirl plate.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Central section of the gas generator. A second part flows through the hollow vanes of the turbine
nozzle guide vane (cooling of the vanes) and through the
Main characteristics orifices of the rear swirl plate.
- Type: annular with centrifugal fuel injection The primary air is mixed with the fuel sprayed by the injection
wheel. The combustion occurs between the two swirl plates.
- Made of special alloy
The flame temperature reaches approx. 2500°C (4532°F).
Main components - Secondary air: the secondary air (or dilution air) flows
- Outer part: through the orifices of the mixer unit and the dilution tubes.
• Front swirl plate It is calibrated to obtain flame stability, cooling of the gas,
and distribution of temperature on the turbine.
• Mixer unit
- Gas: The gas produced by the combustion is directed into
- Inner part:
the turbine nozzle guide vane.
• Rear swirl plate
- Drain: a combustion chamber drain valve, fitted on a flange
• Shroud
on the bottom of the turbine casing drains overboard any
- Fuel injection system residual fuel.
- Turbine casing
Operating parameters
- Combustion chamber drain valve.
The fuel/air ratio for combustion (primary air) is approximately 1/15;
Functional description the total fuel/air ratio is approximately 1/45.
The pressure drop in the combustion chamber is approximately
The combustion chamber forms an enclosure in which the fuel/
4%.
air mixture is burnt.

For training purposes only 3.10


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

Type:
Annular with centrifugal Primary air (combustion)
fuel injection
Secondary air (dilution)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Made of special alloy Gaz

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

OUTER PART INNER PART


Front swirl Mixer unit Rear swirl Shroud COMPRESSED AIR GAS FLOW TO THE
plate plate TURBINE

FUEL
INJECTION
SYSTEM
FUEL INJECTION COMBUSTION
TURBINE
(2500°C / 4532°F)
CASING
Combustion chamber
drain valve

PRESENTATION
COMBUSTION CHAMBER
For training purposes only 3.11
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

GAS GENERATOR TURBINE


PRESENTATION Functional description
The gas generator turbine transforms the gas energy into
Function mechanical power to drive the compressors and various

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

The turbine extracts sufficient energy from the gas flow to drive accessories.
the compressors and the accessories.
The operation is characterised by the first phase of

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

expansion.
Position
- At the rear of the gas generator. Turbine gas flow

The gas first flows through the nozzle guide vanes.


Main characteristics The gas velocity increases due to the convergent passage.
- Type: two stage axial
The flow on the blades results in aerodynamic forces whose
- Speed rotation: N1; ACW resultant causes the rotation of the wheel.

- Turbine inlet temperature: approx. 1100°C (2012°F) according The gas, still containing energy, is directed to the power
to engine variant turbine.
- Made of special alloy.

Main components
- Rotating components:
• Wheels
• Shafts
• Bearing

- Stationary components:
• Nozzle guide vanes
• Containment shield
• Casing.

For training purposes only 3.12


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

Type:
Two stage axial Rotation

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Speed rotation:
N1; ACW
NOZZLE GUIDE WHEELS

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

VANES Turbine inlet temperature:


Approx. 1100°C (2012°F)
according to engine variant

Made of special alloy

NOZZLE GUIDE VANES Nozzle Turbine


BEARING
(convergent passage) guide vane wheel

GAS TO THE
GAS FROM THE POWER TURBINE
COMBUSTION
CHAMBER

COMPRESSOR
DRIVE

CONTAINMENT CASING SHAFTS ROTATION


SHIELD

PRESENTATION
GAS GENERATOR TURBINE
For training purposes only 3.13
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

POWER TURBINE
PRESENTATION Functional description
The power turbine transforms the gas energy into mechanical
Function power to drive the reduction gearbox.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

The turbine extracts the energy from the gas to drive the power
The operation is characterised by the second phase of
shaft through the reduction gearbox.
expansion.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Position
Turbine flow
- Between the gas generator and the reduction gearbox.
The gas supplied by the gas generator flows through the nozzle
It forms the module M04. guide vane. In the nozzle guide vane, the gas velocity increases
due to the convergent passage.
Main characteristics
The gas are directed onto the turbine wheel and the resultant
- Type: axial, single stage of the aerodynamic forces on the blades causes the wheel
- Speed rotation: N2; CW to rotate. The gas are then expelled overboard through the
exhaust pipe.
- Made of special alloy

Main components
- Rotating components:
• Wheel
• Shaft
• Bearings
- Stationary components:
• Nozzle guide vane
• Containment shield
• Casing.

For training purposes only 3.14


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

Type:
Axial, single stage

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Speed rotation:
N2; CW
NOZZLE GUIDE WHEEL BEARINGS

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

VANE Made of special alloy

Rotation

Nozzle guide Turbine


ROTATION vane wheel
OF THE
REDUCTION
POWER TURBINE
GEARBOX
DRIVE (CW)

GAS FROM THE


GAS GENERATOR
TURBINE

EXPANSION IN THE
NOZZLE GUIDE VANE

GAS
CONTAINMENT POWER SHAFT EXHAUST
SHIELD TURBINE CASING

PRESENTATION
POWER TURBINE
For training purposes only 3.15
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

EXHAUST SYSTEM

Function Functional description


The exhaust system continues the expansion phase and expels The exhaust pipe, which has an elliptical outlet, is made from

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

the gas overboard. stainless steel. It is bolted to the rear flange of the power turbine
casing with the containment shield.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Position A heat shield is fitted between the exhaust pipe and the reduction
gearbox to protect the gearbox from the exhaust heat.
- Behind the power turbine, around the reduction gear.
The exhaust pipe has a drain at the bottom.
Main characteristics
Functionally it should be noted that the exhaust gas still contains
- Type: Elliptical a certain amount of energy which produces a small residual
thrust.
- Non-modular part

- Gas temperature: 600°C (1080°F)

- Made of stainless steel.

Main components
- Exhaust pipe

- Heat shield.

Note: The exhaust pipe is considered to be an SRU.


(Shop Replaceable Unit)

For training purposes only 3.16


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

Type:
Elliptical EXHAUST HEAT
Non-modular part PIPE SHIELD

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Gas temperature: Reduction


600°C (1080°F) gearbox

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

EXHAUST PIPE
Made of stainless steel

HEAT SHIELD
EXHAUST
GAS

HEAT
SHIELD

EXHAUST
PIPE
GAS FROM THE
REDUCTION POWER TURBINE
GEARBOX

EXHAUST SYSTEM
For training purposes only 3.17
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

REDUCTION GEARBOX
Functional description
GENERAL
- The reduction gear provides a forward output drive at a
Function reduced speed

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

The reduction gearbox provides a reduced speed output and - The drive gear is directly driven by the power turbine shaft
transmits the drive forwards. (muff coupling drive). It transmits the movement to the

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

intermediate gear

Position - The intermediate gear drives the output gear which provides
the power drive.
- At the rear of the engine
- It forms the module M05.

Main characteristics
- Type: 3 stages, helical gears
- Drive gear speed: N2
- Output gear speed: 6000 rpm (except 1S1); CW.
- Gears made of steel

Main components
- Drive gear
- Intermediate gear
- Fork shaped plates
- Output gear
- Casings
- Hydraulic torquemeter.

For training purposes only 3.18


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

DRIVE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

GEAR
2 FORK
SHAPED PLATES

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

MUFF
DRIVE GEAR COUPLING

INTERMEDIATE INTERMEDIATE
GEAR GEAR

HYDRAULIC
N2
TORQUEMETER

Type:
3 stages, helical gears
OUTPUT
Drive gear speed: GEAR
N2
100% N1,
CW Output gear speed:
6000 rpm (except 1S1)

Gears made of steel


OUTPUT GEAR
CASINGS

GENERAL
REDUCTION GEARBOX
For training purposes only 3.19
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

TRANSMISSION SHAFT AND ACCESSORY


GEARBOX
Driven accessories
GENERAL
- Starter-generator

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Function - Breather

The shaft transmits the power to the helicopter via the power - N2 tachometer generator

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

off-take at the front of the engine. - N1 governor

The accessory gearbox provides the drive for the engine - Oil pump
accessories. - N2 tachometer generator
- N2 governor.
Position
- Shaft beneath the engine
- Accessory gearbox at the front of the engine
- This assembly forms the module M01.

Main characteristics
- Type of gears:
• spur gear
• bevel gear.

Main components
- Accessory drive shaft
- Accessory drive train
- Casings.

For training purposes only 3.20


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

ACCESSORY
Type of gears: DRIVE SHAFT
Spur gear (N1)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Bevel gear

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

FRONT
CASING REAR
STARTER-GENERATOR
CASING
DRIVE GEAR

ACCESSORY ACCESSORY
BREATHER DRIVE TRAIN
GEAR DRIVE SHAFT
N1
TACHOMETER
GENERATOR

N1 GOVERNOR
AND OIL PUMP

POWER
OFF-TAKE
TRANSMISSION
ACCESSORY TRANSMISSION
SHAFT GEAR
N2 GOVERNOR AND DRIVE GEAR SHAFT
N2 TACHOMETER GENERATOR (N2)

GENERAL
TRANSMISSION SHAFT AND ACCESSORY GEARBOX
For training purposes only 3.21
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

TRANSMISSION SHAFT AND ACCESSORY


GEARBOX Description
TRANSMISSION SHAFT - TWIN-ENGINE The shaft transmits the power to the power off-take and accessory
CONFIGURATION gearbox. The shaft is located in a protection tube bolted to the

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

reduction gearbox at the rear and to the accessory gearbox at


the front.
Function

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

The front of the shaft is supported by a ball bearing in the


The shaft transmits the power to the front power off-take. accessory gearbox front casing. The triangular flange which
forms the power off-take is splined onto the front of the
Position transmission shaft and is secured by a nut. Sealing of the oil
which lubricates the bearing is ensured by a magnetic carbon
- Lower part of the engine. seal.

Three oil tubes are located between the shaft and the protection
Main characteristics tube.
Hollow steel shaft. The rear of the shaft is splined into the hub of the output gear
of the reduction gear.
Main components
- Transmission shaft

- Protection tube

- Accessory drive gear

- Power off-take.

For training purposes only 3.22


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

SHAFT OUTPUT
GEAR

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

POWER OFF-TAKE ACCESSORY


(triangular flange) DRIVE GEAR

MAGNETIC OIL TUBE


CARBON SEAL

PROTECTION
TUBE

FRONT PART REAR PART

TRANSMISSION SHAFT - TWIN-ENGINE CONFIGURATION


TRANSMISSION SHAFT AND ACCESSORY GEARBOX
For training purposes only 3.23
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

TRANSMISSION SHAFT AND ACCESSORY


GEARBOX Three oil pipes are located within the protection tube.
TRANSMISSION SHAFT - SINGLE ENGINE
A free wheel is mounted on the triangular flange to drive the
CONFIGURATION power drive shaft which drives the main gearbox and the tail

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

rotor.
Function
Lubrication of the free wheel and its bearing is by the oil contained

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

The shaft transmits the power to the front and to the rear of in the free wheel housing, or by the oil system of the engine,
the engine. according to the version.

The rear of the transmission shaft is splined into the hub of the
Position: output gear of the reduction gear.

- Lower part of the engine. The rear of the tail rotor drive shaft is supported by a ball bearing
in the hub of the output gear. A magnetic carbon seal is fitted
in the rear cover of the gearbox.
Main characteristics

- Hollow steel shaft with coaxial drive shaft.


Note: In single-engine configuration the free wheel and
transmission shaft front magnetic carbon seal are
Description SRU. So they can only be replaced in 2nd Line
maintenance.
The shaft transmits the power to the power drive shaft. The
transmission shaft is located in a protection tube bolted to the
reduction gearbox at the rear and to the accessory gearbox at
the front.

The front of the transmission shaft is supported by a ball bearing


in the accessory gearbox front casing. A triangular flange is
splined onto the front of the transmission shaft. Sealing of
the oil which lubricates the bearing is ensured by a magnetic
carbon seal.

For training purposes only 3.24


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

TAIL ROTOR
SEAL TRIANGULAR FLANGE SHAFT
DRIVE

ACCESSORY
DRIVE GEAR

MAGNETIC
POWER DRIVE FREE WHEEL MAGNETIC OIL TUBE CARBON
SHAFT CARBON SEAL SEAL

FRONT PART REAR PART

TRANSMISSION SHAFT - SINGLE ENGINE CONFIGURATION


TRANSMISSION SHAFT AND ACCESSORY GEARBOX
For training purposes only 3.25
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

TRANSMISSION SHAFT AND ACCESSORY


GEARBOX
ACCESSORY GEARBOX - DESCRIPTION 1

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

The accessory gearbox has four drives on the front face:


• starter-generator (equipped with a magnetic carbon
seal)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

• fuel control unit N1


• fuel control unit N2
• power
and mounting bolts on the upper part for attachment of the
M02.

It has 3 power drives on the rear face:


• oil pump
• N1 tachometer generator
• N2 tachometer generator
and the protection tube mounting flange, and the accessory
drive shaft passage on the upper part.

For training purposes only 3.26


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

MOUNTING
BOLTS ACCESSORY
DRIVE SHAFT
N1
MAGNETIC PASSAGE (N1)
TACHOMETER
CARBON
GENERATOR
SEALS
FUEL CONTROL
UNIT N1 DRIVE

OIL
PUMP

STARTER-
GENERATOR
DRIVE

FUEL CONTROL N2 PROTECTION


POWER UNIT N2 DRIVE TACHOMETER TUBE MOUNTING
DRIVE GENERATOR FLANGE

FRONT VIEW REAR VIEW

ACCESSORY GEARBOX - DESCRIPTION 1


TRANSMISSION SHAFT AND ACCESSORY GEARBOX
For training purposes only 3.27
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

TRANSMISSION SHAFT AND ACCESSORY


GEARBOX
ACCESSORY GEARBOX - DESCRIPTION 2

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

The transmission shaft and the accessory box assembly


constitutes the module M01 located at the engine lower part.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

The accessory gearbox includes a train of gears housed in


a gearbox formed by two half casings made of light alloy.
The gearbox is installed at the bottom of the axial compressor
by means of four bolts.

The starter-generator gear forms the engine breather.

The fuel control unit N1 gear drives the oil pump at the rear.

The fuel control unit N2 gear is driven by the gear on the


transmission shaft.

The module identification plate is fitted on the front face of the


gearbox.

Note: The engine front support casing is bolted onto the front
face of the accessory gearbox (according to version).

For training purposes only 3.28


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

STARTER- DRIVE SHAFT REAR N1 TACHOMETER


GENERATOR / (N1) CASING GENERATOR
BREATHER GEAR

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

TRANSMISSION
N1 Starter- SHAFT GEAR
TACHOMETER

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

generator (N2)
GENERATOR mounting
flange

N1 FUEL CONTROL
UNIT AND OIL
PUMP DRIVE
N1 FUEL CONTROL
UNIT AND OIL
PUMP DRIVE

N2 FUEL
CONTROL UNIT
AND N2 TACHOMETER
OIL GENERATOR
PUMPS Identification
plate
FRONT
CASING
N2 FUEL
CONTROL UNIT

N2 TACHOMETER
GENERATOR

ACCESSORY GEARBOX - DESCRIPTION 2


TRANSMISSION SHAFT AND ACCESSORY GEARBOX
For training purposes only 3.29
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

TRANSMISSION SHAFT AND ACCESSORY


GEARBOX
ACCESSORY GEARBOX - OPERATION Operation in normal running
The gas generator drives the accessory gear train through the

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

The operation is considered during engine starting and in


bevel gear located on the axial compressor shaft.
normal running.
The following accessories are driven:

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Operation during engine starting


- Starter-generator
During starting, the starter motor drives the accessory gearbox
and thus the gas generator rotating assembly. - FCU: N1 and N2

The compressors supply air to the combustion chamber and - Oil pumps
the starting sequence continues.
- Tachometer generator: N1 and N2.
At self-sustaining speed the electrical supply to the starter
motor is cut. The starter motor is then mechanically driven by
the engine and operates as a generator to provide DC current
to the aircraft electrical system.

For training purposes only 3.30


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

FWD FWD

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

STARTER DRIVE DIRECT CURRENT DRIVE


MOTOR SHAFT GENERATOR SHAFT

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

DURING NORMAL RUNNING


ENGINE STARTING (N1 ≥ self-sustaining speed)

ACCESSORY GEARBOX - OPERATION


TRANSMISSION SHAFT AND ACCESSORY GEARBOX
For training purposes only 3.31
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

ENGINE - OPERATION
The engine provides power by transforming the energy in the
air and fuel into mechanical energy on a shaft. Expansion
The process comprises compression, combustion, expansion - The gas expands in the gas generator turbine which extracts

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

and the transmission of the power. the energy required to drive the compressors and accessories
(N1 rotation: ACW)
During this phase the pressure and temperature of the gas

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Compression drop, whilst the velocity increases.


The ambient air is compressed by an axial supercharging - There is a further expansion in the power turbine which
compressor and a centrifugal compressor. extracts most of the remaining energy to drive the output
shaft (N2 rotation: CW)
This phase is essentially characterised by the air flow
(approx. 2.5 kg/s; 5.5 lb/sec.) and the compression ratio (approx. After the power turbine the gas is discharged overboard via
8.2). the exhaust pipe, giving a slight residual thrust.

Combustion Power transmission

The compressed air is admitted into the combustion chamber, The power is transmitted forward by a reduction gearbox and
mixed with the fuel and burnt in a continuous process. an external transmission shaft.

The air is divided into two flows: Note: The engine reference stations are:
0 - Ambient air
- A primary flow for combustion 1 - Axial compressor inlet
1' - Axial compressor outlet
- A secondary flow for cooling the gas. 2 - Centrifugal compressor outlet
3 - Turbine inlet
This phase is essentially characterised by the temperature rise
4 - Gas generator turbine outlet
(flame temperature of approx. 2500°C; 4532°F) and a pressure
5 - Power turbine outlet.
drop of about 4%.

For training purposes only 3.32


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

Primary air
(combustion air)
Residual thrust
Secondary air
(dilution air)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Gas
EXHAUST
AIRFLOW

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

2.5 kg/s
(5.5 lb/s)

Fuel 2500
(4532)
0 1 1' 2 3 4 5 POWER TRANSMISSION
(power transmitted forward
1125 by a reduction gearbox and
820 (2057) 880 an external shaft)
(1616) 600
(118.9) (1080)
800 300
(116) (43.5)
160
101,3 (23.2) 320
P kPa (14.7) (608)
(PSI) 108
(15.7)
T°C
(°F) 65
15 (149)
(59) Values given
V for information at a
given reference rating
COMBUSTION
COMPRESSOR CHAMBER TURBINES
AMBIENT
AIR COMPRESSION COMBUSTION EXPANSION

ENGINE - OPERATION
For training purposes only 3.33
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

ENGINE - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE


PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE Mandatory maintenance tasks
Refer to Maintenance Manual (chapter 05). List of maintenance tasks considered by the manufacturer as
having to be carried out, although they do not directly affect

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Servicing inspections (except 1E2) flight safety.

List of maintenance tasks to be carried out: Recommended maintenance tasks

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- After the last flight of the day List of maintenance tasks that are advised by the engine
manufacturer in order to improve reliability, increase availability
- Before the first flight of the day
and reduce the operating cost of the engine.
- Pre-flight
- Post-flight
Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to
refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.
Servicing inspections (1E2)
List of maintenance tasks to be carried out:

- Before the first flight of the day

- Between two flights

- After 15 flight hours or 7 days.

Imperative maintenance tasks

List of maintenance tasks to performed to meet the Airworthiness


objectives.

For training purposes only 3.34


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

SERVICING INSPECTIONS MANDATORY MAINTENANCE TASKS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

AFTER 15 FLIGHT HOURS OR 7 DAYS - Blades of the axial compressor


- Make sure there are no foreign objects (air intake) • Inspection Chap. 72

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Inspection of the axial compressor wheel (impacts) - Combustion chamber


- Rotating assembly turns freely, listen for abnormal • Inspection Chap. 72
noises (rub)
- Visually check that there are no external leaks - Gas generator turbine 1st stage
- Condition of the accessories attachments • Borecope inpsection Chap. 72
- Visual inspection (no cracks) of casings, diffuser and - 3 hollow struts for the passage of the rear-
exhaust pipe bearing oil-tubes
• Vérification Chap. 72
- Attachments, pipes and supports
IMPERATIVE MAINTENANCE TASKS • Inspection and check Chap. 70
- Check for abnormal noises during gas generator
rundown Ground run
- Make sure that the gas generator rotates freely (when • Do a vibration check at rear point Chap. 71
T4 < 150°C) (pre TU202)
- Condition and attachment of the engine and of the front RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE TASKS
support (no craks)
- Record C1 and C2 cycles in the engine log book - Cleaning of the air path
- Consistency check (cycles counter) • Frequency Chap. 71
- Blades of the power turbine (pre TU347)
• Check Chap. 72
Before - Exhaust pipe and heat shield
carrying out any • Inspection and check Chap. 72
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
ENGINE - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE
For training purposes only 3.35
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

ENGINE - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE


CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

List of maintenance tasks to be carried out when required (in


the event of an operating anomaly).

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to


refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.

For training purposes only 3.36


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

(non exhaustive list)

- Free wheel shaft assembly

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

• Removal / installation Chap. 72


• Rear shaft output seal: removal /
installation Chap. 72
• Sealing ring: removal Chap. 72
- Magnetic seal of the starter
• Removal / installation Chap. 72
- Seal of the fuel control unit adapter
• Removal / installation Chap. 72
- Seal of the accessory gearbox/FT
• Removal / installation Chap. 72
- Seal of the tachometer transmitter
• Removal / installation Chap. 72
- Magnetic seal of the transmission shaft
• Replacement Chap. 72

Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE
ENGINE - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE
For training purposes only 3.37
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

4 - OIL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

- Oil system presentation (79-00-00) ..................................................... 4.2

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Oil tank - Oil cooler - Oil pressure transmitter ................................... 4.6


- Oil pumps (72-80-02) ............................................................................. 4.8
- Oil filter (72-80-03) ................................................................................. 4.10
- Oil filter pre-blockage indicator (72-80-03) ......................................... 4.14
- Low oil pressure switch (79-31-00) ..................................................... 4.16
- Electrical magnetic plugs (72-38-00) ................................................... 4.18
- Mechanical magnetic plugs (72-80-04) ............................................... 4.20
- Scavenge strainers (72-80-05) ............................................................. 4.22
- Centrifugal breather (72-10-01) ............................................................ 4.24
- Oil system - Operation (72-80-00) ........................................................ 4.26
- Oil pipes and ducts (72-80-06) ............................................................. 4.28
- Oil system - 1st line maintenance ....................................................... 4.30 - 4.33

(XX-XX-XX): Page references which deal with the subject in the maintenance documentation.

For training purposes only 4.1


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 OIL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

OIL SYSTEM PRESENTATION


GENERAL
Lubrication requirements
Function Lubrication is required for the following components:

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

The oil system ensures lubrication and cooling of the engine. - Gas generator front bearings
• Axial compressor bearing

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Position • Centrifugal compressor bearing


• Accessory drive bearing
All the components are fitted on the engine except the tank
and cooler. - Gas generator rear bearing

- Power turbine bearings


Main characteristics
- Reduction gearbox
- System type: variable pressure, full flow, dry sump, synthetic
oil - Accessory drive gearbox.
- Max. oil temperature: 115°C (239°F)
Sealing
- Min. oil pressure: 90 or 130 kPa (13 or 18.85 PSIG)
according to version Gas generator and power turbine bearings are sealed by
pressurised labyrinths, which are provided with abradable
- Max. oil pressure: 800 kPa (116 PSIG) deposits.

- Max. oil consumption: 0.3 l/h or 0.15 l/h according to


version.

For training purposes only 4.2


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 OIL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

GAS GENERATOR POWER TURBINE


OIL SYSTEM
FRONT REAR FRONT REAR

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

BEARINGS BEARING BEARING BEARINGS

Engine lubrication

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

and cooling

Type:
Variable pressure, full flow,
dry sump, synthetic oil

Max. oil temperature:


115°C (239°F)

Min. oil pressure:


90 or 130 kPa
(13 or 18.85 PSIG)
according to version

Max. oil pressure:


800 kPa (116 PSIG)
BEARINGS GEARS BEARINGS GEARS
Max. oil consumption:
0.3 l/h or 0.15 l/h
ACCESSORY DRIVE GEARBOX REDUCTION GEARBOX
according to version

Sealing:
Gas generator and power turbine bearings are sealed by pressurised
labyrinths, which are provided with abradable deposits.

GENERAL
OIL SYSTEM PRESENTATION
For training purposes only 4.3
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 OIL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

OIL SYSTEM PRESENTATION


DESCRIPTION
Check valve (general oil return line to oil tank)
Oil tank A check valve is fitted downstream of the scavenge pumps, on

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

the general oil return line to the oil tank.


The tank contains the volume of oil required to lubricate the
engine. It is supplied by the aircraft manufacturer.
Oil cooler

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Oil pumps The oil cooler cools the oil. It is supplied by the aircraft
manufacturer.
The pump pack contains one pressure pump and three scavenge
pumps. The gear type pumps are driven by the accessory
gearbox. The pressure pump is equipped with a pressure relief Centrifugal breather
valve and in some versions a check valve.
The centrifugal breather separates the oil from the air/oil mist
Oil filter and vents the system.

The filter retains any particles which may be present in the oil. It is Indicating devices
provided with a by-pass valve and a pre-blockage indicator.
- Oil temperature probe (aircraft manufacturer's supply)
- Pre-blockage indicator
Scavenge strainers
- Low oil pressure switch
The scavenge strainers protect the scavenge pumps from - Pressure transmitter
debris in the system. - Magnetic plugs
- Electrical magnetic plugs.
Magnetic plugs
Mechanical magnetic plugs are fitted upstream of the scavenge
pumps. An electrical magnetic plug is fitted at the general
scavenge outlet, another one at the rear bearing of the gas
generator scavenge.

For training purposes only 4.4


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 OIL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

Low oil Pressure


AIRFRAME ENGINE pressure switch transmitter

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Oil Check valve CENTRIFUGAL


temperature (some versions) BREATHER
probe
Pressure Pre-blockage
Relief indicator
valve

TANK Check
valve
By-pass FILTER Magnetic
COOLER Magnetic
valve plug
plug

Electrical Scavenge Pressure Electrical


magnetic plug pumps pump magnetic plug SCAVENGE
STRAINERS
OIL PUMPS

DESCRIPTION
OIL SYSTEM PRESENTATION
For training purposes only 4.5
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 OIL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

OIL TANK - OIL COOLER - OIL PRESSURE


TRANSMITTER Main characteristics

Oil tank - Type: air-oil cooler

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

- Differential and thermostatic by-pass valve


Function
The tank contains the oil required for engine lubrication. Oil pressure transmitter

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Position Function
- On the aircraft: it is installed with the oil cooler above the The transmitter provides a signal of oil pressure to the instrument
plenum chamber, between the main gearbox and the front panel.
firewall.
Position
Main components - In the system: in the supply system, downstream of the
- Filler cap, level indicator, drain plug (with magnetic plug), filter
temperature probe and unions (supply, return and vent). - On the engine: screwed into the filter base.

Oil cooler Main characteristics


- Output signal: voltage proportional to the oil pressure.
Function

The oil cooler cools the oil after it has passed through the engine. Note: All these components are aircraft manufacturer's
supplies. Refer to aircraft manufacturer documentation.
Position

- In the system: between the scavenge pumps and the tank


- On the aircraft: it is installed on the oil tank above the plenum
chamber between the main gearbox and the front firewall.

For training purposes only 4.6


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 OIL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

Aircraft manufacturer’s
supplies. For further details, OIL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
refer to the aircraft Electrical

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

documentation. signal to the


cockpit

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

AIRFRAME ENGINE

OIL TANK

OIL COOLER

OIL TANK - OIL COOLER - OIL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER


For training purposes only 4.7
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 OIL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

OIL PUMPS
- The pressure relief valve
Function
- The check valve (according to version).
The pumps ensure oil circulation.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Position Operation
- On the engine: the pump pack is mounted on the rear face The pressure pump draws the oil from the tank and pumps it

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


of the accessory gearbox.
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

to the filter.

Main characteristics The scavenge pumps draw the oil from the casings and pump
- Type: gear it to the cooler.

- Pressure pump outlet pressure: approx. 300 kPa (43.5 PSI) Pressure relief valve operation
(variable pressure system)
- Pressure relief valve setting: 800 kPa (116 PSI) If the oil pressure exceeds the valve setting the valve opens
and allows the oil to return to the pump inlet.
- Check valve: according to version.
In normal operation the valve is closed and only opens
Description in exceptional circumstances, e.g. starting with very low
temperature.
The oil pump pack is mounted on the rear left face of the accessory
gearbox and is driven at a speed proportional to N1. Pressure pump outlet check valve operation
It consists of:
When the oil pressure is very low, e.g. engine stopped or at the
- 4 gear type pumps: beginning of start, the valve is closed in order to prevent flow
• Pressure pump between the oil pressure pump and the oil system.
• Gas generator rear bearing scavenge pump
• Reduction gearbox scavenge pump
• Accessory gearbox scavenge pump
- The pump casing provided with inlet and outlet orifices

For training purposes only 4.8


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 OIL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

Type:
Check valve Gear
Oil filter
Pressure (according Pressure pump outlet pressure:

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

relief valve to version) Approx. 300 kPa (43.5 PSI)


(variable pressure system)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Pressure relief valve setting:


800 kPa (116 PSI)
From oil tank To lubrication
PACK OF Check valve:
PUMPS According to version

Normal
running condition
(valve closed)
To oil From
cooler engine
Overpressure
(valve open)
PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE OPERATION

Scavenge Pressure
pumps pump Normal
running condition
OIL PUMPS (valve open)

Engine stopped
DRIVE SHAFT PUMP BODY
and initial phase
of starting
(valve closed)
PRESSURE PUMP OUTLET CHECK
VALVE OPERATION

OIL PUMPS
For training purposes only 4.9
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 OIL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

OIL FILTER
GENERAL
Main components
Function - Filter base

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

The filter retains particles that may be in the oil. - Pre-blockage indicator (pre-blockage pressure switch on
1E version)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Position - Cover
- In the system: downstream of the pressure pump - By-pass valve.
- On the engine: on the left rear face of the accessory
gearbox.

Main characteristics
- Type: metal cartridge

- Filtering ability: 30 microns

- Mechanical pre-blockage indicator: ∆P 150 kPa


(21.7 PSID)

- By-pass valve setting: ∆P 200 kPa (29 PSID).

For training purposes only 4.10


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 OIL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

COVER

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

FILTER
BASE

PRE-BLOCKAGE
BY-PASS INDICATOR
VALVE (pre-blockage
pressure switch
on 1E version)
Type:
Metal cartridge
Check valve
Filtering ability: Pressure (according Pre-blockage
30 microns relief valve to version) indicator

Mechanical pre-blockage
indicator:
∆P 150 kPa (21.7 PSID) To lubrication
From oil tank
By-pass valve setting:
∆P 200 kPa (29 PSID)

By-pass valve FILTER

GENERAL
OIL FILTER
For training purposes only 4.11
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 OIL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

OIL FILTER
DESCRIPTION - OPERATION
Operation
Description Normal condition (filtering)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

The main components of the filtering unit are the following: The oil supplied by the pressure pump passes through the
filter from outside to inside. The filtered oil then passes to the

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Filter base engine for lubrication.


- Filter cover
Pre-blockage
- Metal cartridge (filtering element)
If the filter begins to become blocked the pressure difference
across the filter increases. At a given difference, a red mechanical
- By-pass valve (fitted inside the filter base)
indicator pops out. The oil continues to flow through the filter.
- Drain valve.
Blockage
The filter base incorporates mounting points for the following:
If the pressure difference exceeds the by-pass valve setting, the
- Pre-blockage indicator by-pass valve opens and unfiltered oil passes to the system.

- Low oil pressure switch

- Oil pressure transmitter.

For training purposes only 4.12


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 OIL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

OIL FILTER PRE-BLOCKAGE


(filtering 30 microns) INDICATOR

FILTER FILTERING LOW OIL OIL PRESSURE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

COVER ELEMENT PRESSURE SWITCH TRANSMITTER

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

BY-PASS
VALVE
NORMAL CONDITION

OPERATION OF
THE MECHANICAL
PRE-BLOCKAGE
INDICATOR

PRE-BLOCKAGE

BY-PASS DRAIN FILTER PRE-BLOCKAGE


VALVE VALVE BASE INDICATOR
OPERATION OF THE
BY-PASS VALVE
BLOCKAGE

DESCRIPTION - OPERATION
OIL FILTER
For training purposes only 4.13
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 OIL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

OIL FILTER PRE-BLOCKAGE INDICATOR


Function Operation
The indicator indicates the onset of filter blockage.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Normal operation
Position Filter downstream pressure plus spring pressure is greater

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

On the left face of the filter housing. than upstream pressure. The two pistons are held together by
magnetic force. The indicator is not visible.

Main characteristics
Pre-blockage
- Type: differential
Filter upstream pressure exceeds downstream plus spring
- Setting: ∆P 150 kPa (21.7 PSID) pressure and the ∆P piston displaces.
- Indication: red indicator
- Manual rearming. This breaks the magnetic hold and the indicator piston is pushed
out by its spring. The indicator is visible.

Description The bi-metallic thermal lock ensures that the indicator doesn't
operate when a large ∆P is caused by low temperature (locked
The pre-blockage indicator comprises the following parts: below 50°C (122°F)).
- Indicator body including:
It is rearmed by removing the cover and pushing in the
• Filter upstream pressure inlet indicator.
• Filter downstream pressure inlet
- Red indicator piston
- ∆P piston Note: In the 1E version, the filter pre-blockage indicator is
replaced by a filter pre-blockage pressure switch.
- Transparent cover
- Thermal lock
- O'ring seals ensure the filter pre-blockage indicator sealing.

For training purposes only 4.14


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 OIL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

TRANSPARENT INDICATOR
COVER BODY
< 50°C (122°F) > 50°C (122°F)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Thermal lock
operation

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Downstream
Type: pressure
Differential
RED
INDICATOR
Setting:
Upstream
∆P 150 kPa (21.7 PSID)
pressure
Indication: NORMAL OPERATION
Red indicator

Manual rearming Red indicator


Check valve out
Pressure (according PRE-BLOCKAGE
relief valve to version) INDICATOR
Downstream
pressure

From oil tank To lubrication Upstream


pressure
PRE-BLOCKAGE

OIL FILTER PRE-BLOCKAGE INDICATOR


For training purposes only 4.15
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 OIL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

LOW OIL PRESSURE SWITCH

Function
The low oil pressure switch detects low oil system pressure
and provides cockpit indication.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Position

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- In the system: downstream of the filter


- On the engine: fitted on the filter base.

Main characteristics
- Type: diaphragm pressure switch
- Setting: 90 or 130 kPa (13 or 18.9 PSI) (according to
version)
- Indication: light on instrument panel.

Functional description
The pressure switch microswitch is open during normal engine
operation.

If the oil pressure reduces to less than the low oil pressure
switch setting, the diaphragm moves down. This causes the
electrical contact to close, completing the circuit of the low oil
pressure warning light.

An O-ring seal ensures the sealing between the pressure switch


and the filter base.

For training purposes only 4.16


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 OIL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

LOW OIL
PRESSURE SWITCH
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

From filter
(pressure pump)
ELECTRICAL
CONTACT WARNING LIGHT
+28 VCC
(instrument panel)
Type:
Diaphragm pressure switch

Setting:
90 or 130 kPa
PLUNGER (13 or 18.9 PSI)
according to version
DIAPHRAGM
Indication:
Light on instrument panel

From filter To lubrication

LOW OIL PRESSURE SWITCH


For training purposes only 4.17
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 OIL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

ELECTRICAL MAGNETIC PLUGS


A resistor is connected across the gap. The plugs are connected,
Function via the engine electrical harness, to the aircraft instrument panel
with an optional test system.
The electrical magnetic plugs provide a cockpit indication of

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

metal particles in the oil system. The plugs are fitted into a housing which is provided with a
self-sealing valve.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Position The scavenge oil flows across the magnetic probe.


- In the system:
• one downstream of the scavenge pumps
Note: The oil system also has two mechanical magnetic plugs
• one upstream of the rear bearing scavenge pump located on the lower part of the accessory gearbox and
on the lower part of the reduction gearbox.
- On the engine:
• one near the pump assembly (scavenge pumps)
• one on the left side of the accessory gearbox
Operation
(rear bearing). The magnetic probe attracts magnetic particles present in the
oil.
Main characteristics
If it attracts sufficient particles to form a bridge across the gap, this
- Type: will complete the electrical circuit between the two magnetic parts
• Magnetic with electrical indication and thus illuminate an indicator on the instrument panel.
• Self-sealing housing. The resistor is fitted to allow the installation of a test circuit.

Description
Note: Refer to aircraft documents for further details.
The electrical magnetic plugs comprise a magnetic probe which
has two parts which are electrically insulated from one another
and have a small gap between them.

For training purposes only 4.18


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 OIL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

Type:
Electrical

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


magnetic plug
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
Housing:
Self-sealing

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

PLUG BODY
Scavenge
strainer

To oil From
cooler engine

GAP
ELECTRICAL Scavenge pumps
MAGNETIC PLUG

Firewall Resistor
HOUSING
AIRCRAFT ENGINE
GAP
+
SELF-SEALING
VALVE

INDICATOR
ELECTRICAL
MAGNETIC PLUG

ELECTRICAL MAGNETIC PLUGS


For training purposes only 4.19
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 OIL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

MECHANICAL MAGNETIC PLUGS

Function Main components


The mechanical magnetic plugs retain magnetic particles - Self sealing housing:

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

contained in the oil to provide a rapid and frequent check of • Housing


the internal condition of the engine.
• O-ring seal

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

• Valve
Position • Spring
In the system: - Magnetic plug:
- One on the reduction gearbox scavenge return • Magnet
• O-ring seal(s)
- One on the accessory gearbox scavenge return. • Locating pins or notches.
On the engine:

- One at the bottom of the reduction gearbox

- One at the bottom of the accessory gearbox.

They are mounted on the left or the right side according to the
position of the engine in the helicopter.

Main characteristics
- Type:
• Single magnetic pole
• Self-sealing housing

For training purposes only 4.20


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 OIL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

LOCATING PINS O-RING SEALS


VALVE O-RING
SEALS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

HOUSING

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

AFTER TU 308A
BEFORE TU 308A

Type: MAGNET NORMAL POSITION


Single magnetic pole
Self-sealing housing SPRING

MAGNET

O-RING
SEALS
LOCATING
MECHANICAL PIN
MAGNETIC
To PLUGS
scavenge
pumps
REMOVED POSITION

MECHANICAL MAGNETIC PLUGS


For training purposes only 4.21
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 OIL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

SCAVENGE STRAINERS

Function Main components


The scavenge strainers protect the scavenge pumps against - Strainer body

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

large particles which might be in the oil.


- Wide-mesh filter

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Position - Mounting flange

- In the system: they are fitted in each scavenge line upstream - O-ring seal.
of the scavenge pump

- On the engine: Functional description


• Two scavenge strainers are located on the accessory
A scavenge strainer is a wide-mesh filter which retains any large
gearbox casing (reduction gearbox and accessory
particles which may be present in the oil in order to protect the
gearbox scavenge)
scavenge pumps.
• One scavenge strainer is located on the oil pump
assembly (gas generator rear bearing scavenge)

Main characteristics
- Type: wide-mesh filter.

Note: The rear bearing scavenge strainer is fitted in the


electrical magnetic plug housing (TU 208).

For training purposes only 4.22


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 OIL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

Gas generator rear bearing


scavenge strainer
Type:
Wide-mesh filter

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

GAS GENERATOR
REAR BEARING
SCAVENGE STRAINER
(AFTER TU 208)
Accessory gearbox Reduction gearbox
scavenge strainer scavenge strainer
ACCESSORY
SCAVENGE STRAINER GEARBOX
AND REDUCTION
To oil From
GEARBOX
cooler engine
SCAVENGE
STRAINERS

GAS GENERATOR
REAR BEARING
SCAVENGE STRAINER
(BEFORE TU 208)

To
scavenge
pumps
SCAVENGE
STRAINERS

SCAVENGE STRAINERS
For training purposes only 4.23
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 OIL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

CENTRIFUGAL BREATHER

Function Operation
The centrifugal breather separates the oil from the air/oil mist The centrifugal breather is driven by the intermediate gear of

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

created by the oil system. the accessory drive.

When the engine is running, the air/oil mist passes through

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Position the breather.

It is formed by the starter/generator drive gear in the accessory - Centrifugal force throws the oil droplets out into the gearbox
gearbox. where they fall to the bottom of the casing

- The de-oiled air passes out through the shaft, via a gearbox
Main characteristics passage, into an external pipe which discharges into the
exhaust.
- Type: centrifugal

- De-oiled air: through the rear of the hollow shaft.

Description
The centrifugal breather is formed by the starter generator drive
gear. This gear is formed in one piece with a hollow shaft and
has holes which provide a passage between the gearbox and
the air vent.

The gear is supported by two ball bearings and has a magnetic


carbon seal at each end. Only the front magnetic carbon seal
can be replaced in 1st line maintenance.

The breather air outlet is at the rear end of the shaft, where the
air passes into the gearbox outlet.

For training purposes only 4.24


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 OIL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

Type:
Centrifugal

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

AIR/OIL MIST
De-oiled air: - from accessory gearbox
Through the rear - from gas generator bearings

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

of the hollow shaft - from power turbine bearings


- from reduction gearbox
AIR VENT
MAGNETIC
Oil droplets STARTER- CARBON SEAL
(expelled by GENERATOR DE-OILED AIR
centrifugal force) DRIVE GEAR

De-oiled air
(to air vent) MAGNETIC
CARBON SEAL

Air/Oil STARTER
mist GENERATOR
DRIVE

BREATHER
HOLES OIL DROPLETS

CENTRIFUGAL BREATHER
For training purposes only 4.25
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 OIL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

OIL SYSTEM - OPERATION


The main functions of the oil system are: supply, scavenge,
breathing and indicating. Scavenge
After lubrication, the oil falls by gravity to the bottom of the

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Supply sumps. The oil is then immediately drawn away by the scavenge
pumps and returned to the tank through the oil cooler (dry sump
The pressure pump draws the oil from the tank and supplies system).

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

the system. A pressure relief valve limits maximum pressure


by returning oil to the pump inlet. The scavenge strainers protect the scavenge pumps against
any particles which may be held in the oil.
The oil is then delivered through a check valve, the oil filter
and a calibrated orifice to the engine sections which require A check valve, located downstream the scavenge pumps
lubrication: prevents oil flow from the oil tank to the engine when the pressure
is very low (engine stopped).
- Gas generator front bearings

- Gas generator rear bearing Breathing


- Power turbine bearings The oil mist which results from lubrication is returned to the
accessory gearbox, where the oil is separated from the air by
- Reduction gearbox a centrifugal breather which vents overboard.

- Accessory gearbox and torquemeter (supply upstream of the The gas generator rear bearing has a direct air vent.
calibrated orifice).

The oil is sprayed by jets onto the parts to be lubricated. Indicating


The system ensures the following indications : pressure,
temperature, low pressure, electrical magnetic plug and filter
pre-blockage.

For training purposes only 4.26


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 OIL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

AIRFRAME ENGINE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

SUPPLY SCAVENGE BREATHING AIR VENT

OIL SYSTEM - OPERATION


For training purposes only 4.27
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 OIL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

OIL PIPES AND DUCTS


This description includes external pipes and internal passages Supply to the power turbine bearings and
of the oil system. reduction gearbox
- Internal passage

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Main characteristics - Tube inside the output shaft protection tube.


- Type of pipes: stainless steel, rigid. Accessory gearbox supply

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Internal passages.
Tank to pressure pump Scavenge, engine front end
- Flexible pipeline supplied by the aircraft manufacturer - Internal passages.
- Union on the pressure pump. Scavenge, gas generator rear bearing
- External pipe
Pressure pump to filter - Union on pump.

- Internal passage in the casing. Scavenge, engine rear part (power turbine
and reduction gear)
Filter to system - Tube within output shaft protection tube
- Internal passages.
- Internal passage in the accessory gearbox casing.
Breathing
Supply to the gas generator front bearings - Gas generator front bearings - into accessory gearbox
- Gas generator rear bearing - external pipe overboard
- External pipe
- Reduction gearbox and power turbine - internal into accessory
- Union on the compressor casing. gearbox.
Vent
Supply to the gas generator rear bearing - External pipe from centrifugal breather to the exhaust pipe
- External pipe. - External pipe from gas generator rear bearing overboard.

For training purposes only 4.28


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 OIL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

FRONT BEARING TO REAR BEARING


LUBRIFICATION INDICATION LUBRIFICATION Type of pipes:
Stainless steel, rigid

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

REAR BEARING
SEAL DRAIN

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

TANK PUMP BREATHER REAR BEARING


TO PUMP TO FILTER VENT

LUBRIFICATION OIL RETURN FROM


LINE REAR BEARING

REAR BEARING
BREATHING

CENTRIFUGAL SCAVENGE TO FILTER SCAVENGE


BREATHER OUTLET COOLER AND TANK TO ENGINE TO PUMPS

OIL PIPES AND DUCTS


For training purposes only 4.29
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 OIL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

OIL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE


PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE Mandatory maintenance tasks
Refer to Maintenance Manual (chapter 05). List of maintenance tasks considered by the manufacturer as
having to be carried out, although they do not directly affect

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Servicing inspections (except 1E2) flight safety.

List of maintenance tasks to be carried out: Recommended maintenance tasks

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- After the last flight of the day List of maintenance tasks that are advised by the engine
manufacturer in order to improve reliability, increase availability
- Before the first flight of the day
and reduce the operating cost of the engine.
- Pre-flight
- Post-flight
Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to
refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.
Servicing inspections (1E2)
List of maintenance tasks to be carried out:

- Before the first flight of the day

- Between two flights

- After 15 flight hours or 7 days.

Imperative maintenance tasks

List of maintenance tasks to performed to meet the Airworthiness


objectives.

For training purposes only 4.30


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 OIL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

SERVICING INSPECTIONS MANDATORY MAINTENANCE TASKS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

AFTER 15 FLIGHT HOURS OR 7 DAYS - Oil


- Examine the visual pre-blockage indicator of the oil • Drain Chap. 79

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

filtering element - Oil filtering element


- Check the reduction gearbox magnetic plug (pre TU232) • Inspection Chap. 72
- Make sure the oil level is correct - Reduction gearbox magnetic plug (post TU232)
• Inspection Chap. 72
- Accessory gearbox magnetic plug
• Inspection Chap. 72
- Electrical magnetic plugs
• Inspection Chap. 72
- Oil strainer return line from rear bearing
• Inspection Chap. 72
• Inspection Chap. 79
- Clogging of the generator rear bearing
• Inspection Chap. 72
- Low oil pressure switch
• Inspection and check Chap. 79
- Oil pump
• Inspection and check Chap. 72

Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
OIL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE
For training purposes only 4.31
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 OIL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

OIL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE


CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

List of maintenance tasks to be carried out when required (in


the event of an operating anomaly).

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to


refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.

For training purposes only 4.32


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 OIL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

(non exhaustive list)

- Accessory gearbox

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

• Check valve: removal / installation Chap. 72


• Oil filter base: removal / installation Chap. 72
• Oil pump: removal / installation Chap. 72
• Oil filter: removal / installation Chap. 72
• Visual pre-blocage indicator: removal /
installation Chap. 72
• Strainers: removal / installation Chap. 72
- Oil low pressure switch
• Removal / installation Chap. 72
- Electrical magnetic plug
• Mobile plug: removal / installation Chap. 79
• Test (harness included) Chap. 79

Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE
OIL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE
For training purposes only 4.33
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 OIL SYSTEM
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

5 - AIR SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

- Air system presentation (75-00-00) ..................................................... 5.2

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Internal air system (75-00-00) .............................................................. 5.4


- Air tappings (75-00-00) ......................................................................... 5.6
- Compressor bleed valve (75-31-00) ..................................................... 5.8
- External air pipes (75-29-00) ................................................................ 5.16
- Air system - 1st line maintenance ....................................................... 5.18 - 5.21

(XX-XX-XX): Page references which deal with the subject in the maintenance documentation.

For training purposes only 5.1


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 AIR SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

AIR SYSTEM PRESENTATION

Function
The engine air system includes:

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

- An internal air system which ensures:


• The pressurisation of the labyrinth seals

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

• The cooling of the engine internal parts


• The balance of forces on the rotating assemblies

- Air tappings which ensure:


• Start injector ventilation
• Bleed valve operation
• Aircraft air system supply
• Air supply to the FCU metering unit

- The compressor bleed valve.

Note: Refer to the various systems for the location,


characteristics and operation.

For training purposes only 5.2


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 AIR SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

AIR TAPPINGS INTERNAL AIR SYSTEM


- Start injector ventilation - Pressurisation of labyrinth seals

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

- Bleed valve operation - Cooling of internal parts


- Aircraft air system supply - Balance of forces on the rotating assemblies
- Air supply to the FCU metering unit

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

COMPRESSOR BLEED
VALVE

AIR SYSTEM PRESENTATION


For training purposes only 5.3
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 AIR SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

INTERNAL AIR SYSTEM


Gas generator section
Function
Air tapped from the centrifugal compressor is used to pressurise
The internal air system pressurises the labyrinth seals, cools the labyrinth seal on the shaft.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

certain parts and provides a balancing of forces.


The air from the centrifugal compressor outlet flows through
the hollow nozzle guide vanes (1st stage) and through holes
Position in the shroud. It is used to:

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Cool the nozzle guide vane and the front face of the gas
All the parts of the system are internal except the pressurisation
generator turbine
of the power turbine labyrinth which is supplied by an external
pipe. - Cool the front and rear faces of the gas generator turbines
(discharging into the gas flow)
Main characteristics - Pressurise the labyrinth seals of the gas generator rear
bearing (small flow into the bearing housing) and the injection
- Type: air pressure tapping with a calibrated flow wheel.
The centrifugal compressor casing is fitted with air tapping
- Airflow: approx. 2% of the engine total flow. points. This air is called clean air as it is out of the main air
flow stream.
Functional description
Power turbine section
Front section
Air tapped from the combustion chamber is taken by an external
Air tapped from the centrifugal compressor inlet is used to pipe to the reduction gearbox casing (except on post TU356 1E2
pressurise the front bearing labyrinths. There is a very small and 1S versions: the air is tapped from the compressor bleed
flow of air into the bearing chamber. valve control air tapping union). It then passes through internal
Air tapped from the same point is discharged through the passages to pressurise the labyrinth seal on the power turbine
compressor bleed valve, mounted on the compressor casing shaft and to cool the rear face of the power turbine.
(see compressor bleed valve).
A circulation of P0 air, induced by venturi effect, cools the gas
generator rear bearing chamber, and then flows through the
power turbine nozzle guide vanes, cooling them and then joins
the gas flow.

For training purposes only 5.4


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 AIR SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

Post TU356
1E2 and 1S versions

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

P0

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

FRONT SECTION GAS GENERATOR SECTION


Post TU356
External pipe for the power turbine
INTERNAL AIR SYSTEM 1E2 and 1S versions
labyrinth pressurisation

- Internal passages
- Calibrated orifices

Type:
Air pressure tapping with
a calibrated flow

Airflow:
Approx. 2% of engine total flow

POWER TURBINE SECTION

INTERNAL AIR SYSTEM


For training purposes only 5.5
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 AIR SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

AIR TAPPINGS

Function Aircraft services

Air tappings are used for: Compressor delivery air is tapped off for use in various aircraft

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

systems.
- Fuel control
The engine has two air tapping unions (used for the aircraft

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Start injector ventilation services) on the centrifugal compressor casing.

- Aircraft services
Note: The use of this bleed is restricted during take-off.
- Bleed valve operation

- Air intake anti-icing. Bleed valve operation

Compressor delivery air is tapped to operate the compressor


Fuel control
bleed valve.
P2 air is used for the acceleration control unit (for all versions) and
the deceleration (in some versions 1C, 1D, 1K, 1E, 1S,...). Air intake anti-icing

The system includes a pressure tapping and a pipe between 1S: P2 air is used for air intake anti-icing.
the tapping union and the FCU.
The system includes an air tapping point, a pipeline which passes
forward through the front firewall, an electro-valve, a pressure
Start injector ventilation
switch and the double skinned air intake duct.
Compressor delivery air is used to ventilate the start injectors
to avoid blockage by the carbonisation of unburnt fuel.

The system comprises a tapping union and a pipe connected


to the start electro-valve.

For training purposes only 5.6


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 AIR SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

ACCELERATION DECELERATION

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

CONTROL UNIT CONTROL UNIT

AIRCRAFT SERVICES
1S: AIR INTAKE
ANTI-ICING

P0

P0
P2

P2
SIGNAL FOR THE
FUEL CONTROL START INJECTOR
BLEED VALVE VENTILATION
OPERATION

AIR TAPPINGS
For training purposes only 5.7
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 AIR SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

COMPRESSOR BLEED VALVE


GENERAL
Principle
Function The valve prevents compressor surge by bleeding off a certain

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

quantity of air tapped from the axial compressor outlet. When the
The compressor bleed valve prevents axial compressor surge valve is open, the discharge of air causes the air flow through
at low N1 speed. the axial compressor to increase thus moving the working line

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

away from the surge line.


Position
- In the system: between the axial and centrifugal
compressors

- On the engine: at the top of the counter-casing.

Main characteristics
- Type: pneumatic or electro-pneumatic (according to
version)

- Control:
• by P2/P0 pressure ratio (pneumatic type)
• as a function of N1 (electro-pneumatic type).

Note: The air can be discharged under the cowling in order


to improve cooling of the engine compartment.

For training purposes only 5.8


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 AIR SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

Type:
Pneumatic or electro-pneumatic

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

(according to version)

Control:

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- P2/P0 pressure ratio


(pneumatic type)
- As a function of N1
(electro-pneumatic type)

P1': AIR DISCHARGED


THROUGH THE COMPRESSOR
BLEED VALVE P2/P0

COMPRESSION AND Surge line


STRAIGHTENING OF THE AIR

ADMISSION
OF AMBIENT AIR Working line
(valve closed)

Working line
(valve open)

GENERAL
COMPRESSOR BLEED VALVE
For training purposes only 5.9
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 AIR SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

COMPRESSOR BLEED VALVE


ELECTRO-PNEUMATIC TYPE
Operation
Description Closing

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

This compressor bleed valve includes 3 main parts: the When the N1 reaches 96% the tachometer box closes the
tachometer box, the control electro-valve and the bleed electrical contact which actuates the control electro-valve to

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

valve. the open position. P2 pressure pushes the piston which closes
the bleed valve.
Tachometer box
Opening
It operates a relay controlled by a speed signal from the N1
tachometer transmitter. When the N1 decreases below 94%, the tachometer box opens
the electrical contact and the spring moves the electro-valve to
Control electro-valve the closed position. The spring pushes the piston which opens
the bleed valve.
It admits P2 air to close the valve when it is electrically
supplied.

Bleed valve

It includes a spring loaded piston subjected to P2 pressure.


The piston operates the valve.

For training purposes only 5.10


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 AIR SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

BLEED VALVE

TACHOMETER BOX

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

P2

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

+
N1 P1'
P2 AIR
96% 94% SUPPLY
GRILL ON P1'
AIR DISCHARGE

CONTROL
ELECTRO-VALVE

ELECTRO-PNEUMATIC TYPE
COMPRESSOR BLEED VALVE
For training purposes only 5.11
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 AIR SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

COMPRESSOR BLEED VALVE


PNEUMATIC TYPE
Operation
The compressor bleed valve includes 3 main parts: the detection
capsule, the intermediate stage and the bleed valve. Closing

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

When the gas generator rotation speed N1 increases, the


Detection capsule compression ratio P2/P0 increases and beyond a certain

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

value:
It is subjected to P2/P0 pressure ratio and controls the air leak
downstream of the calibrated orifice B. - The pressure becomes sufficient to deform the detection
capsule which closes the leak
It is fitted with a filter at the inlet.
- The pressure downstream of the calibrated orifice B
Intermediate stage increases

It includes a diaphragm which is subjected to the pressure - The diaphragm of the intermediate stage closes the leak
downstream of B. The diaphragm controls the leak which
- The pressure downstream of the calibrated orifice A
determines the pressure downstream of the calibrated orifice
increases
A.
- The piston moves down under P2 pressure and the valve
Bleed valve closes and stops the P1' air discharge.

It includes a spring loaded piston subjected to a downstream Opening


pressure. The piston opens or closes the P1' air passage.
The P2/P0 ratio is not sufficient to activate the capsule and
It also includes a microswitch, operated by the piston, which there is an air leak downstream of the calibrated orifices. The
provides indication of the bleed valve position. piston is not actuated and the valve is open.

A certain amount of air, tapped from the centrifugal compressor


inlet, is discharged overboard.

For training purposes only 5.12


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 AIR SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

BLEED INTERMEDIATE DETECTION FILTER

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

VALVE STAGE CAPSULE

INTERMEDIATE DETECTION

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

P2 STAGE CAPSULE

A B FILTER

P0

P1'

P1'

MICROSWITCH INDICATOR

BLEED
VALVE

PNEUMATIC TYPE
COMPRESSOR BLEED VALVE
For training purposes only 5.13
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 AIR SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

COMPRESSOR BLEED VALVE


BUTTERFLY PNEUMATIC TYPE
Operation
Description Closing

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

The compressor bleed valve includes 3 main parts: the detection When the gas generator rotation speed N1 increases, the
capsule, the intermediate stage and the bleed valve. compression ratio P2/P0 increases and beyond a certain

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

value:
Detection capsule
- The pressure becomes sufficient to deform the detection
It is subjected to P2/P0 pressure ratio and controls the air leak capsule which closes the leak
downstream of the calibrated orifice B.
- The pressure downstream of the calibrated orifice B
It is fitted with a filter at the inlet. increases

Intermediate stage - The diaphragm of the intermediate stage closes the leak

It includes a diaphragm which is subjected to the pressure - The pressure downstream of the calibrated orifice A
downstream of B. The diaphragm controls the leak which increases
determines the pressure downstream of the calibrated orifice
A. - The piston moves down under P2 pressure and rotates the
butterfly valve through the rack and pinion mechanism. The
Bleed valve valve closes and stops the air discharge.

It includes a spring loaded piston subjected to pressure Opening


downstream of orifice A. The piston actuates the butterfly valve
by means of a rack and pinion mechanism. The P2/P0 ratio is not sufficient to activate the capsules and
there is an air leak downstream of the calibrated orifices. The
It also includes a microswitch, operated by the piston, which piston is not actuated and the butterfly valve is open.
gives the position of the bleed valve by means of a light ("on"
valve "open"). A certain amount of air, tapped from the centrifugal compressor
inlet, is discharged overboard.

For training purposes only 5.14


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 AIR SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

MICROSWITCH
P2 AIR
BUTTERFLY
VALVE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

A B
FILTER
PISTON FILTER

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

P0 AIR
P2 air

MICROSWITCH DETECTION
CAPSULE

INTERMEDIATE
STAGE

P1’ P1’
BUTTERFLY
VALVE

PINION

RACK

BUTTERFLY PNEUMATIC TYPE


COMPRESSOR BLEED VALVE
For training purposes only 5.15
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 AIR SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

EXTERNAL AIR PIPES


This part considers the external air pipes of the air system.

Function

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

The air pipes ensure the air supply from/to the various system
components

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Main characteristics
- Type of pipes: stainless steel, rigid

- Type of unions: QUINSON union.

Description
- P2 air pipe for the control of the compressor bleed valve

- Air pipe to supply the Fuel Control Unit

- Air pipe for the ventilation of the start injectors

- Air pipe for the pressurisation of the power turbine


labyrinth.

For training purposes only 5.16


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 AIR SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

P2 AIR PIPE FOR THE AIR PIPE FOR THE AIR PIPE FOR THE VENTILATION

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

COMPRESSOR BLEED PRESSURISATION OF THE OF THE START INJECTORS


VALVE CONTROL POWER TURBINE LABYRINTH
(except 1E2-1S)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

AIR PIPE TO SUPPLY AIR PIPE FOR THE


THE FUEL CONTROL UNIT PRESSURISATION OF THE Type of pipes:
POWER TURBINE LABYRINTH Stainless steel, rigid
(1E2-1S)
Type of unions:
QUINSON union

EXTERNAL AIR PIPES


For training purposes only 5.17
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 AIR SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

AIR SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE


PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE Mandatory maintenance tasks
Refer to Maintenance Manual (chapter 05). List of maintenance tasks considered by the manufacturer as
having to be carried out, although they do not directly affect

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Servicing inspections (except 1E2) flight safety.

List of maintenance tasks to be carried out: Recommended maintenance tasks

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- After the last flight of the day List of maintenance tasks that are advised by the engine
manufacturer in order to improve reliability, increase availability
- Before the first flight of the day
and reduce the operating cost of the engine.
- Pre-flight
- Post-flight
Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to
refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.
Servicing inspections (1E2)
List of maintenance tasks to be carried out:

- Before the first flight of the day

- Between two flights

- After 15 flight hours or 7 days.

Imperative maintenance tasks

List of maintenance tasks to performed to meet the Airworthiness


objectives.

For training purposes only 5.18


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 AIR SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

MANDATORY MAINTENANCE TASKS

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Bleed valve filter


• Inspection Chap. 75
- Power turbine / P2 union
• Cleaning Chap. 75
• Inspection and check Chap. 75
- Opening and closing threshold of the bleed
valve
• Test Chap. 75
- Bleed valve
• Inspection and check Chap. 75

Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
AIR SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE
For training purposes only 5.19
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 AIR SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

AIR SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE


CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

List of maintenance tasks to be carried out when required (in


the event of an operating anomaly).

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to


refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.

For training purposes only 5.20


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 AIR SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

(non exhaustive list)

- Pipes and unions

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

• Removal / installation Chap. 75


- Bleed valve
• Removal / installation Chap. 75
• Verification / check Chap. 75
• Filter: verification / check Chap. 75
• Test / adjustment Chap. 75

Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE
AIR SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE
For training purposes only 5.21
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 AIR SYSTEM
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

6 - FUEL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

- Fuel system presentation (73-00-00) ................................................... 6.2

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Fuel Control Unit (73-20-01) ................................................................. 6.8


- Overspeed and drain valve (73-10-00) ................................................ 6.18
- Start injector electro-valve (73-10-02) ................................................. 6.20
- Start injectors (73-10-01) ...................................................................... 6.22
- Main injection system (73-40-02) ......................................................... 6.24
- Combustion chamber drain valve (72-40-02) ..................................... 6.26
- Fuel system - Operation (73-00-00) ..................................................... 6.28
- External fuel pipes (73-10-05) .............................................................. 6.32
- Fuel system - 1st line maintenance ..................................................... 6.34 - 6.37

(XX-XX-XX): Page references which deal with the subject in the maintenance documentation.

For training purposes only 6.1


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 FUEL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

FUEL SYSTEM PRESENTATION


GENERAL
Main components
Function - Fuel control unit

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

• Fuel pump
The fuel system ensures fuel supply, fuel metering, fuel
distribution and fuel injection. • Fuel filter

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

• Metering unit

Position - Overspeed and drain valve

All the system components are mounted on the engine except - Start injector electro-valve
the tachometer box (twin-engine configuration).
- Fuel injection system.
Main characteristics
- Supply by the aircraft system and the engine pump

- Centrifugal main injection and start injection by injectors

- Manual control

- Fuel control: hydromechanical controlling and metering


device.

For training purposes only 6.2


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 FUEL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

FUEL Supply:
SUPPLY By the aircraft system and
the engine pump

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

SUPPLY INJECTION Centrifugal main injection


and start injection by
METERING DISTRIBUTION injectors

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

TACHOMETER Manual control


BOX
(according to version) Fuel control:
Hydromechanical controlling
METERING START INJECTOR and metering device
UNIT ELECTRO-VALVE

MANUAL P2
CONTROL
OVERSPEED AND FUEL INJECTION
FUEL
DRAIN VALVE SYSTEM
TANK FILTER

FUEL
PUMP
Booster pump
(according to N1
version) FUEL CONTROL
UNIT

Aircraft Engine

GENERAL
FUEL SYSTEM PRESENTATION
For training purposes only 6.3
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 FUEL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

FUEL SYSTEM PRESENTATION


LOW PRESSURE FUEL SYSTEM (1E, 1S) Functional description

Function The ejector is supplied with fuel from the HP pump via the astatic
valve which opens at a given pressure. The ejector ensures a

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

This system is designed for aircraft without a booster pump and supply of fuel to the HP pump inlet.
assures the supply to the HP pump.
A connection between the two engines permits priming of one

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Position engine by the other. Priming can also be carried out using a
hand pump.
All the components are fitted on a bracket on the underside of
the protection tube.

Main components

- LP filter (with a by-pass valve, a pre-blockage indicator or


pre-blockage pressure switch according to version)

- Min. pressure switch

- Pressure transmitter (optional)

- Manual valve

- Ejector

- Astatic valve

- Pre-blockage indicator

- Jet.

For training purposes only 6.4


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 FUEL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

BY-PASS PRESSURE To HP pump


VALVE TRANSMITTER (FCU)
(optional)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

PRE-BLOCKAGE MIN PRESSURE


INDICATOR SWITCH EJECTOR
ASTATIC (pre-blockage pressure LP
switch in 1E version) Fuel suction
VALVE FILTER
HP pump from tank
pressure MANUAL
Priming supply (FCU) FILTER VALVE
to other engine HP pump pressure
(1S version) (FCU)

Fuel suction To HP pump ASTATIC


from tank (FCU) VALVE

EJECTOR MANUAL
VALVE
MIN PRESSURE BY-PASS
SWITCH VALVE Fuel suction To LP
from tank filter

JET EJECTOR

LOW PRESSURE FUEL SYSTEM (1E, 1S)


FUEL SYSTEM PRESENTATION
For training purposes only 6.5
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 FUEL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

FUEL SYSTEM PRESENTATION


DESCRIPTION
Valves
This part shows the main components of the fuel system.
- Non-return valve

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Fuel pump - Pressurising valve

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Gear type pump, mechanically driven by the accessory gearbox - Overspeed and drain valve
and fitted with a pressure relief valve.
- Start injector electro-valve
Filter - Purge valve.
The filter has a pre-blockage indicator (according to version)
and a by-pass valve. Injection system
- Start injectors (x 2)
Main and auxiliary valves
- Centrifugal injection wheel.
The main and auxiliary valves are controlled by the control
lever which acts at the same time on the acceleration control
unit cam.

Metering unit
The hydromechanical controller acts on the metering needle
(see next chapter).

For training purposes only 6.6


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 FUEL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

Pre-blockage
START INJECTOR
indicator
FUEL PUMP ELECTRO-VALVE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Pressure relief
valve START INJECTORS

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

FILTER

Filter by-pass PURGE VALVE


valve

AUXILIARY VALVE

MAIN VALVE CONTROL LEVER

Cam

METERING OVERSPEED AND


UNIT DRAIN VALVE

NON-RETURN
VALVE

PRESSURISING INJECTION WHEEL


VALVE

DESCRIPTION
FUEL SYSTEM PRESENTATION
For training purposes only 6.7
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 FUEL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

FUEL CONTROL UNIT


GENERAL
Main components
Function - Fuel pump

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

The Fuel Control Unit ensures fuel supply and fuel flow - Filter (position according to version)
metering.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Pre-blockage indicator (1E, 1K, 1S versions only)


Position - Manual control
- On the left front face of the accessory gearbox. • Valves and cam
• Anticipator

Main characteristics - Metering unit.

- Type: hydro-mechanical

- Mounting: clamp

- Replaceable components:
• Filter
• Pre-blockage indicator (according to version).

For training purposes only 6.8


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 FUEL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

VALVE SHAFT

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

CAM

PRE-BLOCKAGE
Type: ANTICIPATOR INDICATOR
Hydro-mechanical (1E, 1K, 1S
versions only)
Mouting:
Clamp

Replacable
component:
• Filter
FILTER
• Pre-blocage indicator
(position according
(according to version)
to version)

GENERAL
FUEL CONTROL UNIT
For training purposes only 6.9
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 FUEL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

FUEL CONTROL UNIT


FUEL PUMP Pressure reducing valve
This is a diaphragm valve which provides a constant pressure
Function output of approx. 400 kPa (58 PSI) for the hydraulic supply of

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

the hydromechanical governor.


The pump assembly supplies fuel under determined conditions
of pressure and flow.
Operation

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Main characteristics
Fuel pump
- Spur gear type
- Pressure relief valve setting: 3300 kPa (478.5 PSI) The pump receives fuel from the aircraft LP system. The fuel
is drawn in by the pump, it passes between the gears and the
- Rotation speed: proportional to N1 speed. casing and is forced out under pressure.

Description Pressure relief valve


The assembly comprises the pressure pump and the pressure
If the pump outlet pressure exceeds a given value, the pressure
relief valve.
relief valve will open and allow fuel to return to the pump inlet
thus limiting the maximum pressure in the system.
Fuel pump
It is a spur gear type pump which has a drive gear and a driven Pressure reducing valve
gear, the drive gear being driven by the accessory drive via
the pump drive shaft which is a quill shaft. Two lip seals, with a The diaphragm is subjected to fuel pressure on one side
drain between them prevent fuel from entering the accessory opposed by spring pressure on the other side. The position of
gearbox. the diaphragm determines the position of the valve.
The pump is supplied with fuel from the aircraft system. When pump outlet pressure increases the diaphragm moves
up, reducing the valve opening and thus maintaining a constant
Pressure relief valve downstream pressure.
It is a conical valve held closed by a spring.

For training purposes only 6.10


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 FUEL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

PRESSURE
RELIEF VALVE FUEL PUMP
DRIVEN

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

GEAR

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE PUMP

PRESSURE
REDUCING
Type: VALVE
Spur gear

Pressure relief valve


setting:
3300 kPa (478.5 PSI)
DRIVE
Rotation speed:
GEAR DRAIN SEALS SHAFT
Proportional to
N1 speed PRESSURE
FUEL PUMP
RELIEF VALVE

FUEL PUMP
FUEL CONTROL UNIT
For training purposes only 6.11
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 FUEL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

FUEL CONTROL UNIT


FUEL FILTER - VISUAL PRE-BLOCKAGE - 1E, 1K and 1S: The visual pre-blockage indicator.
INDICATOR (1E, 1K, 1S)
This is a differential visual indicator. It includes a red indicator
Function which pops out in a transparent cover when the pressure

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

difference across the filtering element exceeds a given


The filter retains any particles that may be in the fuel in order
value. Two O-ring seals which ensure the sealing between
to protect the metering unit components.
the indicator and the FCU body and between the upstream

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

pressure inlet and the downstream pressure inlet.


Position
Operation
- In the system: between the pump and the metering unit
Normal operation
- On the engine: lower part of FCU.
The fuel from the pump enters the fuel filter and flows through
the filtering element (from outside to inside).
Main characteristics
The filtering element retains particles larger than 20 microns.
- Type: metal cartridge The fuel then flows to the metering unit.

- Filtering ability: 20 microns Pre-blockage


When the filter becomes dirty, the pressure difference across
- By-pass valve setting: ∆P 200 kPa (39 PSID) the filtering element increases.
- Visual pre-blockage indicator setting: ∆P 150 kPa If the pressure difference becomes higher than the visual pre-
(21.75 PSID). blockage indicator setting, the red visual indicator pops out.

Note: The visual pre-blockage indicator can be reset by


Description removing the cover and pushing in the indicator.
The assembly comprises: Blockage
- The filtering element: O-ring seals ensure the sealing When the pressure difference across the filtering element
between the cartridge and the filter housing exceeds the by-pass valve setting, the by-pass valve opens
and causes the fuel flow to by-pass the filter.
- The by-pass valve

For training purposes only 6.12


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 FUEL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

PIN CUP FUEL BY-PASS VISUAL PRE-BLOCKAGE


FILTER VALVE INDICATOR

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

FILTERING BY-PASS
CARTRIDGE VALVE
NORMAL OPERATION

FILTER INDICATOR OPERATION


FILTER BLOCKAGE (THE RED VISUAL
BASE FILTER ONSET INDICATOR APPEARS)

FUEL PRE-BLOKAGE RED TRANSPARENT


FILTER INDICATOR INDICATOR COVER

Type:
Metal cartridge PRE-BLOCKAGE

Filtering ability: Upstream FILTER OPENING OF


20 microns pressure BLOCKAGE BY-PASS VALVE

By-pass valve setting:


∆P 200 kPa (39 PSID)

Visual pre-blockage Downstream pressure


indicator setting:
1E, 1K AND 1S:
∆P 150 kPa (21.75 PSID)
VISUAL PRE-BLOCKAGE
BLOCKAGE
INDICATOR

FUEL FILTER - VISUAL PRE-BLOCKAGE INDICATOR (1E, 1K, 1S)


FUEL CONTROL UNIT
For training purposes only 6.13
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 FUEL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

FUEL CONTROL UNIT


MANUAL CONTROL
Operation
Function Stop position

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

A mechanical control linked to the fuel control unit permits starting


- position a : the two valves are closed, the cam maintains
control, acceleration to nominal speed and stopping.
the metering needle closed.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

It can also be used as a manual fuel flow control in the event


of automatic control failure. Start and acceleration range
The collective pitch lever inputs signals to the anticipator during
- position b : progressive opening of the main valve; the cam
flight (Refer to chapter "CONTROL SYSTEM").
frees the metering needle above a certain angle.

Position Flight position


- Interface on the left side of the FCU. - position c : the main valve is fully open.

Description "Manual control +" range


The manual control includes the following devices: - position d : progressive opening of the auxiliary valve, the
main valve remaining open.
- The main valve which permits acceleration control during the
start phase and the use of the "manual control -" range "Manual control -" range
- The auxiliary valve which is used for the "manual control +" In case of automatic control failure supplying too much fuel
range to the engine, the control lever can be placed in the start and
acceleration range b to reduce the fuel flow.
- The acceleration control cam which controls the position of
the metering needle for starting.

For training purposes only 6.14


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 FUEL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

VALVE
SHAFT

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


CONTROL
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

CAM CONTROL
LEVER LEVER

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

CAM
AUXILIARY CONTROL
VALVE LEVER
MAIN b c
VALVE
62°
52° 90
°
45°
ANTICIPATOR 5°
a d

Flight position

P2

ACCELERATION
CONTROL CAM

Stop position "Manual control +" range

MANUAL CONTROL
FUEL CONTROL UNIT
For training purposes only 6.15
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 FUEL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

FUEL CONTROL UNIT


METERING UNIT
Main components
Function - Constant ∆P valve

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

This constantly meters of the fuel injected into the combustion - Metering needle.
chamber.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Position
- In the system: downstream of the pump

- On the engine: in the FCU.

Main characteristics
- Profiled needle which moves in a calibrated orifice.

- The metering needle is controlled by the control system.

For training purposes only 6.16


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 FUEL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

CONSTANT ∆P

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

VALVE

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Profiled needle which moves


in a calibrated orifice
METERING NEEDLE
The metering needle is
(controlled by the
controlled by the control system
control system)

METERING UNIT
FUEL CONTROL UNIT
For training purposes only 6.17
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 FUEL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

OVERSPEED AND DRAIN VALVE

Function
Operation
The overspeed and drain valve controls the fuel supply to the

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

injection wheel: Engine running

- Fuel supply during starting and in operation As soon as the fuel pressure is sufficient to open the pressurising

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

valve, the pressure is admitted under the diaphragm which


- Fuel shut-off and draining of the injection wheel during shut- causes the closing of the drain valve and the opening of the
down. fuel supply valve. The fuel flows to the injection wheel and is
sprayed into the combustion chamber.
The assembly also includes an electro-valve for a rapid engine
shut-down in the event of power turbine overspeed (only on During shut-down
twin-engine aircraft).
The pressurising valve ensure fuel supply priority to the start The normal stop selection (closing of the main valve by the
injectors during starting. control lever) results in a decrease of injection pressure. The
pressurising valve closes, the pressure decreases below the
diaphragm which causes the supply valve to close (as the
Position direct pump pressure increases) and the drain valve to open:
- Lower left side of the combustion chamber casing. draining of fuel to prevent blockage of the injection manifold
by carbonization of the remaining fuel. The fuel return to the
tank (post TU262). When the engine is completely stopped,
Main characteristics the drain valve closes under the force of its spring (refer retail).
Pressurising valve setting: 180 kPa (26.1 PSI).
Overspeed shut-down (twin engine
configuration)
Main components
Engine shut-down can also be affected by the electro-valve
- Pressurising valve
which, when opened, causes the pressure to decrease below the
- Dual valve diaphragm and the valve to move down (shut-down in case of
power turbine overspeed; only in twin engine configuration).
- Overspeed electro-valve.

For training purposes only 6.18


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 FUEL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

OVERSPEED AND
PRESSURISING

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

DRAIN VALVE
VALVE

Pressurising
valve setting:
180 kPa (26.10 PSI)
OVERSPEED Pump
ELECTRO-VALVE direct
(only on twin-engine pressure
version)

Overspeed
electro-valve

To the tank
(post TU262)
DETAIL
ENGINE RUNNING DURING SHUT-DOWN (after shut-down)

OVERSPEED AND DRAIN VALVE


For training purposes only 6.19
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 FUEL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

START INJECTOR ELECTRO-VALVE

Function Operation
The start injector electro-valve ensures the fuel distribution to Purge before start

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

the two injectors during engine starting and their purge at the
During the initial phase of starting, the fuel supplied from the
end of start.
aircraft system flows into the F.C.U., through the non-return

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

valve and to the purge valve which opens and returns the fuel
Position to the tank. The purpose of this phase is to expel any air which
may be in the system.
Upper part of the combustion chamber casing.
Fuel injection
Main characteristics When starting is selected, the engine pump pressure increases
rapidly and closes the purge valve, the electro-valve is energised
- Reinjection prohibit switch setting: approx. 52% N1 open and the fuel supplied by the engine pump flows to the
2 injectors which spray it into the combustion chamber. The
- Purge valve setting:
fuel is then ignited by the sparks of the igniter plugs.
• opening at 5 kPa (0.725 PSI)
• closing at 120 kPa (17.4 PSI). Ventilation of the injectors

At the end of starting, the supply to the electro-valve is cut


Description and the valve closes. The air under compressor pressure P2
(which has increased in the meantime) lifts the ball of the valve
- Start injector electro-valve
and flows to ventilate the injectors. This ventilation continues
- P2 ball valve as long as the engine operates to prevent blockage of the
- Reinjection prohibit switch injectors by carbonization of the remaining fuel. The P2 pressure
actuates the pressure switch to prevent any re-injection which
- Purge valve (with cover and a support drain, according to could cause a flame-out by suddenly reducing fuel flow to the
versions). injection wheel.

For training purposes only 6.20


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 FUEL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

PURGE VALVE
(with drain, according
to versions)
P2

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

BALL VALVE

START INJECTOR

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ELECTRO-VALVE COVER
AND REINJECTION
PROHIBIT SWITCH

FUEL OUTLET
TO INJECTORS
P2

FUEL PURGE PUMP


INLET TO TANK PRESSURE

Reinjection prohibit
switch setting:
approx. 52% N1
Pump Pump
pressure pressure Purge valve setting:
• opening at 5 kPa (0.725 PSI)
VENTILATION • closing at 120 kPa (17.4 PSI)
PURGE BEFORE START FUEL INJECTION
OF THE INJECTORS

START INJECTOR ELECTRO-VALVE


For training purposes only 6.21
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 FUEL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

START INJECTORS

Function Operation
The two start injectors spray fuel into the combustion chamber Starting

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

during engine starting.


During starting the injectors are supplied with fuel.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Position The fuel is atomised and is ignited by the sparks from the igniter
plugs. The flame thus produced, ignites the fuel sprayed by the
- On the upper part of the turbine casing at 2 o'clock and centrifugal injection wheel.
10 o'clock
Normal running
- They penetrate into the mixer unit.
When the engine reaches self sustaining speed (approx.
Main characteristics 45% N1) the fuel supply to the injectors is shut off.

- Type: simple injector P2 air is then blown through the injectors to avoid carbonisation
of the residual fuel.
- Quantity: 2
It should be noted that ventilation is continuous during engine
- Ventilation: by P2 airflow. running.

Description
The injectors are mounted on the upper part of the turbine
casing. They penetrate into the combustion chamber through
holes in the mixer unit.

They are secured by bolts onto bosses with seals and spacers
to prevent leaks and adjust the depth of penetration into the
combustion chamber.

For training purposes only 6.22


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 FUEL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

Type:
Simple injector

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


START
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Quantity: INJECTOR
2 SUPPLY

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Ventilation:
By P2 airflow

START
INJECTOR START
Fuel INJECTOR
inlet IGNITER STARTING
PLUG

START
SPACERS AND FILTER INJECTOR
SEALS MANIFOLD VENTILATION
P2
SHROUD
JET

Airflow
NUT direction
NORMAL RUNNING

START INJECTORS
For training purposes only 6.23
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 FUEL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

MAIN INJECTION SYSTEM


Centrifugal injection assembly
Function
This assembly consists of a stationary distributor and a wheel.
The injection system sprays fuel into the combustion chamber The distributor, fitted onto the diffuser back-plate, is drilled with

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

to give stable and efficient combustion. axial holes which deliver the fuel to the wheel. The injection
wheel, mounted by curvic-couplings between the compressor

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


and the turbine shaft, is drilled with radial holes which form the
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Position
fuel spraying jets. Sealing between the distributor and the wheel
- On the engine: inside the combustion chamber. The injection is achieved by pressurised labyrinth seals.
wheel is mounted between the centrifugal compressor and
the turbine shaft. The distributor is bolted to the diffuser
backplate. Operation
The fuel is delivered to the distributor by the internal supply
Main characteristics pipe.

- Type: centrifugal injection It passes through the distributor's axial holes into the chamber
in the injection wheel.
- Radial fuel supply.
As the centrifugal injection wheel is rotating at high speed (N1)
the fuel is centrifuged out through the radial holes and is sprayed
Description between the two swirl plates.
Combustion chamber fuel inlet union It should be noted that the injection pressure is supplied by the
centrifugal force and therefore the fuel system does not require
Fitted at the lower right front face of the compressor casing, it very high pressures.
has a plug to test the sealing of the union.
The centrifugal injection wheel fuel chamber is sealed by
Internal supply pipe pressurised labyrinth seals. There is a small air flow into the fuel
chamber. During shut-down the fuel remaining in the system is
This pipe connects the inlet union to the fuel distributor. It is purged via the overspeed and drain valve.
fitted between the front swirl plate and the diffuser back-plate.

For training purposes only 6.24


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 FUEL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

COMBUSTION FUEL SPRAYING


CHAMBER FUEL INTO THE
INLET UNION COMBUSTION

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


CHAMBER
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Type: CENTRIFUGAL
Centrifugal injection INJECTION
WHEEL
Radial fuel supply

DISTRIBUTOR

INTERNAL
SUPPLY PIPE

COMBUSTION
CENTRIFUGAL
CHAMBER FUEL
INJECTION WHEEL
INLET UNION
DISTRIBUTOR (with spraying jets)

Fuel inlet
COMBUSTION
CHAMBER FUEL
INLET UNION
LEAK CHECK
SUPPLY PIPE
PLUG

MAIN INJECTION SYSTEM


For training purposes only 6.25
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 FUEL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

COMBUSTION CHAMBER DRAIN VALVE

Function Operation
The valve drains overboard any unburnt fuel remaining in the The valve has two positions: open and closed.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

combustion chamber.
Open position

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Position When the engine is not running and at the beginning of start,
the valve is held open by the action of the tension spring.
- On the engine: screwed into the turbine casing lower part.
Any unburnt fuel in the combustion chamber will drain through
Main characteristics the valve overboard to the drain system. This ensures that no
fuel accumulates in the combustion chamber which could cause
- Type: half-ball valve starting problems (e.g. overtemperature).

- Setting: closing obtained at about 40% N1. Closed position

As the engine starts the combustion chamber pressure increases.


Description This pressure is felt on the upper surface of the half ball which
moves down to close the drain.
The drain valve includes the following components:
The valve closes during the initial phase of starting for a speed
- A threaded part to fix the valve on the combustion chamber of about 40% N1.
- A half-ball valve mounted on a tension spring

- An outlet union which connects to the drain system

- A circlip which retains the valve in the body.

For training purposes only 6.26


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 FUEL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

Type:
Half-ball valve

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Setting:
Closing obtained at
about approx. 40% N1

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Unburnt fuel P2 air pressure

CIRCLIP
SPRING
THREADED
PART

COMBUSTION
CHAMBER DRAIN
HALF-BALL
VALVE
VALVE

To drain system
OUTLET
UNION "OPEN" position "CLOSED" position

COMBUSTION CHAMBER DRAIN VALVE


For training purposes only 6.27
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 FUEL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

FUEL SYSTEM - OPERATION


PRE-START - PURGE OF THE SYSTEM - STARTING
Starting
This part deals with the following operating phases: pre-start,
starting, normal operation, manual control and shut-down. When engine start is selected, the start accessories are

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

electrically supplied.

Pre-start The pump is driven and supplies the start injectors, due to the

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

priority given by the pressurising valve, then by the centrifugal


- The pump is not operating and there is no pressure in the
injection wheel.
system
- The main and auxiliary valves are closed The constant ∆P valve operates and returns the excess fuel
to the pump inlet.
- The constant ∆P valve is closed
The fuel flow is controlled by the movement of the control
- The metering needle is closed by the acceleration control lever.
cam
At 45% N1, the start accessories are de-energised by releasing
- The following valves are closed:
the start button and the start injectors are ventilated by P2 air
• non return valve pressure.
• pressurising valve
• overspeed and drain valve At 52% N1, P2 pressure opens the reinjection prohibit switch to
avoid an accidental fuel reinjection switch could cause engine
• purge valve
flame-out.
- The start injector electro-valve is closed.
The control lever is moved to the flight position, progressively
opening the main valve to accelerate the engine until the
Purge of the system hydromechanical control takes over.
During the initial phase of starting, the fuel supplied from the
aircraft system flows into the FCU, through the no-return valve
and to the purge valve which opens and returns the fuel to the
tank. The purpose of this phase is to expel any air which may
be in the system.

For training purposes only 6.28


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 FUEL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

P2 P2

STARTING
45% < N1 < 52%

P2

PURGE OF THE SYSTEM STARTING N1 < 45% STARTING


N1 > 52%

PRE-START - PURGE OF THE SYSTEM - STARTING


FUEL SYSTEM - OPERATION
For training purposes only 6.29
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 FUEL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

FUEL SYSTEM - OPERATION


NORMAL RUNNING - MANUAL CONTROL - SHUT-
DOWN

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Normal running
The required fuel flow is metered by the metering needle. The

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

metering needle position is determined by the hydromechanical


control system.

The fuel pump always supplies more fuel than the engine
requires. The excess fuel returns to the pump inlet through the
constant ∆P valve.

The start injectors are continuously ventilated by P2 air


circulation.

Manual control
The manual control is used for starting and stopping the engine.
It can also be used in case of a control system failure.

Shut-down
The lever is pulled fully rearward, closing the main valve which
cuts the fuel flow to the engine causing it to run down and
stop.

For training purposes only 6.30


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 FUEL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

P2 P2 P2

- +

Flight
position
P2

NORMAL RUNNING MANUAL CONTROL SHUT-DOWN

When the enegine is completely stopped,


the dual valve closes the drain under
action of the spring

NORMAL RUNNING - MANUAL CONTROL - SHUT-DOWN


FUEL SYSTEM - OPERATION
For training purposes only 6.31
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 FUEL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

EXTERNAL FUEL PIPES

Description Note: The pipes may be different according to version.


The fuel pipes ensure the circulation of fuel between the

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

components of the system.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Main characteristics
- Type of pipes: rigid, stainless steel

- Type of unions: with integral olives.

Main pipes
- Fuel inlet union

- From FCU to overspeed and drain valve and to injector


electro-valve

- From electro-valve to the two injectors

- From overspeed and drain valve to fuel inlet union

- From union to the wheel (internal pipe)

- From the pump to the overspeed and drain valve and the
purge valve (control system)

- Drains.

For training purposes only 6.32


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 FUEL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

FROM START
PURGE VALVE
TO OVERSPEED
LEFT
DRAIN VALVE
INJECTION

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

SUPPLY
FROM START
FROM PRESSURE ELECTRO-VALVE P2

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

P2
PUMP TO TO CHECK VALVE
OVERSPEED
AND DRAIN VALVE

RIGHT
INJECTION
SUPPLY

FROM OVERSPEED
FROM FCU TO AND DRAIN VALVE
PRESSURISING INJECTION TO DRAIN
VALVE (post TU262)

FROM OVERSPEED
AND DRAIN VALVE
FROM START TO DRAIN
PURGE VALVE (pre TU262)
TO TANK

EXTERNAL FUEL PIPES


For training purposes only 6.33
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 FUEL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

FUEL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE


PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE Mandatory maintenance tasks
Refer to Maintenance Manual (chapter 05). List of maintenance tasks considered by the manufacturer as
having to be carried out, although they do not directly affect

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Servicing inspections (except 1E2) flight safety.

List of maintenance tasks to be carried out: Recommended maintenance tasks

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- After the last flight of the day List of maintenance tasks that are advised by the engine
manufacturer in order to improve reliability, increase availability
- Before the first flight of the day
and reduce the operating cost of the engine.
- Pre-flight
- Post-flight
Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to
refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.
Servicing inspections (1E2)
List of maintenance tasks to be carried out:

- Before the first flight of the day

- Between two flights

- After 15 flight hours or 7 days.

Imperative maintenance tasks

List of maintenance tasks to performed to meet the Airworthiness


objectives.

For training purposes only 6.34


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 FUEL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

SERVICING INSPECTIONS MANDATORY MAINTENANCE TASKS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

AFTER 15 FLIGHT HOURS OR 7 DAYS - FCU filtering element


- Inspection of the FCU mechanical controls • Replacement Chap. 73

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Injection wheel
• Permeability check Chap. 72
- Combustion chamber drain valve
• Inspection and check Chap. 72
- Fuel LRUs
• Inspection and check Chap. 73

Ground run
- Start purge valve (auxiliary valve)
• Leak test Chap. 73
- Injection union (if module removed)
• Leak test Chap. 72
- Re-injection prohibit switch of the ignition
solenoid valve
• Inspection and check Chap. 73
- Overspeed and drain valve
• Operational check Chap. 73
- Deceleration control unit
• Leak test Chap. 73
Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
FUEL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE
For training purposes only 6.35
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 FUEL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

FUEL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE


CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

List of maintenance tasks to be carried out when required (in


the event of an operating anomaly).

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to


refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.

For training purposes only 6.36


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 FUEL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE
(non exhaustive list)

- Ignition solenoid valve - 1S-1E: Main fuel filter

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

• Removal / installation Chap. 73 • Removal / installation Chap. 73


- Pressurising valve • Pre-blocage indicator
• Removal / installation Chap. 73 Removal / installation Chap. 73

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

• Inspection / check Chap. 73 - 1S-1E: Astatic valve


- Starting drain valve assy • Removal / installation Chap. 73
• Removal / installation Chap. 73 - 1S-1E: Ejector
• Inspection / check Chap. 73 • Removal / installation Chap. 73
- Starting drain valve assy - auxiliary valve
• Sealing washer: removal / installation Chap. 73
- Drain valve of the injection manifold
• Removal / installation Chap. 73
• Inspection / check Chap. 73
- Overspeed electrovalve
Removal / installation Chap. 73
- FCU fuel filter
• Removal / installation Chap. 73
- Pre-blocage indicator
• Removal / installation Chap. 73
- Low-fuel pressure switch
• Removal / installation Chap. 73

Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE
FUEL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE
For training purposes only 6.37
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 FUEL SYSTEM
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

7 - CONTROL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

- Control system presentation ............................................................... 7.2

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Control system - Operation .................................................................. 7.6


- Control system - 1st line maintenance ............................................... 7.30 - 7.33

(XX-XX-XX): Page references which deal with the subject in the maintenance documentation.

For training purposes only 7.1


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CONTROL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

CONTROL SYSTEM PRESENTATION


GENERAL
Main components
Functions - Fuel control unit

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

The system is designed to adapt the engine to the aircraft power - Engine and systems
requirements whilst remaining within defined limits.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Aircraft: various systems (control, indication, supply)


The main functions are:
- Tachometer box (according to version).
- Manual control

- Speed control

- Various limits

- Acceleration control

- Overspeed protection.

Main characteristics
- Hydromechanical control

- Manual control.

For training purposes only 7.2


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CONTROL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

Hydromechanical
control

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Manual control

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

AIRCRAFT
(various systems)

TEST

FUEL CONTROL
UNIT

MAIN FUNCTIONS
TACHOMETER BOX
(according to version)
- Manual control

- Speed control

- Various limits

- Acceleration control

- Overspeed protection

ENGINE
(engine and systems)

GENERAL
CONTROL SYSTEM PRESENTATION
For training purposes only 7.3
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CONTROL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

CONTROL SYSTEM PRESENTATION


DESCRIPTION

The complete system includes aircraft components, engine


components and the FCU.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Aircraft components

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Control devices (control lever and anticipator)

- Indicating devices (indicators, lights...)

Engine components
- Hydromechanical components:
• Overspeed and drain valve
• Purge valve
• Start injector electro-valve
• Pressurising valve
• Start injectors
• Main injection system

- FCU components:
• Power turbine speed governor
• Gas generator speed governor
• Acceleration control unit
• Metering unit
• Deceleration control unit.

For training purposes only 7.4


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CONTROL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

START INJECTOR
ANTICIPATOR ELECTRO-VALVE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

POWER TURBINE START

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

SPEED GOVERNOR INJECTORS

PURGE
VALVE

CONTROL
LEVER

GAS GENERATOR
SPEED GOVERNOR
OVERSPEED AND
DRAIN VALVE

ACCELERATION
CONTROL UNIT

METERING DECELERATION PRESSURIZING INJECTION


UNIT CONTROL UNIT VALVE WHEEL

DESCRIPTION
CONTROL SYSTEM PRESENTATION
For training purposes only 7.5
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CONTROL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

CONTROL SYSTEM - OPERATION


CONTROL
Adaptation to requirements
Installation configuration The control system ensures the engine adaptation to the

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

requirements by metering the fuel flow WF sprayed into the


The gas generator supplies power to the power turbine which combustion chamber.
is connected to the helicopter main rotor.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Thus, the gas generator adapts automatically to the requirements


(N1 demand) to maintain constant power turbine rotation speed
Installation requirements N2 whilst keeping all the other parameters within determined
- Aircraft rotor speed (NR) almost constant in all operating limits.
conditions (because of the rotor efficiency) whatever the load
This adaptation is illustrated by:
applied
- The diagram W/N2 which illustrates the power W, the max.
- Max. torque limitation (imposed by the mechanical transmission
torque TRQ and the rotation speeds N1 and N2
and the helicopter main gearbox)
- The diagram N1/N2 which illustrates the N1/N2
- Power turbine rotation speed (N2) within given limits (in fact
relationship.
almost constant, as it is connected to the rotor)

- Limitation of the gas generator rotation speed N1:


• Max. N1 (maximum engine power)
• Min. N1 (to avoid critical speeds)

- Load sharing (equal sharing of loads between the 2


engines)

- Protection against surge, flame-out, overtemperature…

For training purposes only 7.6


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CONTROL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

NR
W
N1 N2
RQ Max. N1

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

eT
qu
tor
x. N1 isospeeds
Ma

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

W TRQ
TET

WF Min. N1

Control N2
POWER W / N1, N2
system

N1
REQUIREMENTS Max.
- NR Nominal N2
- N2
- Max. torque TRQ Operating
- N1 range
- W eng 1 = W eng 2
- Protections Min.

INSTALLATION CONFIGURATION N1 / N2 N2
AND REQUIREMENTS
ADAPTATION TO REQUIREMENTS

CONTROL
CONTROL SYSTEM - OPERATION
For training purposes only 7.7
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CONTROL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

CONTROL SYSTEM - OPERATION


STATIC DROOP - COMPENSATION
Compensation
Static droop As the largest load variations are caused by changes in

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

collective pitch, a link between the collective pitch lever and the
Each governor (N2 and N1) uses the principle of the centrifugal
governor allows the system to compensate for the static droop.
governor (a system invented by James Watt), in which a control
In addition, the detection phase is brought forward (hence the

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

spring is set in opposition to a flyweight. The spring attempts


name "anticipator") to reduce the response time. To do this, a
to open the metering valve and is opposed by the centrifugal
cam is added to compress the spring so that it exerts the same
force generated by the flyweight.
force in all collective pitch positions.
At a stabilised rating, the system is in equilibrium: the force
The diagram shows the apparent static-droop line for different
exerted by the spring is equal to the centrifugal force (Fs = Fc).
collective pitch positions (anticipator effect):
There is therefore a given fuel flow and a nominal rating.
In the diagram: θ1  =  fine  pitch, θ2  =  medium  pitch,
In a transient rating, e.g. when the engine rpm decreases (due
θ3 = coarse pitch.
to the increase in the resisting torque), the centrifugal force
decreases. The force exerted by the spring therefore becomes In operation, points 1, 2 and 3 are obtained and the static droop
the greater of the two and opens the metering valve. This is therefore compensated for, i.e. the power turbine speed and
increases the engine rpm until the equilibrium is re-established therefore the rotor speed are almost constant in all operating
(Fs = Fc). Although the equilibrium has been re-established, the conditions.
spring is now less compressed than at the previous engine rpm.
It therefore exerts less force, which leads to a slight reduction In transient ratings, the power turbine speed varies, but the
in the nominal engine rpm. governor acts to bring it very quickly back to its nominal value,
to within the value of the static droop.
In this type of control system, the N1 speed is made to be
inversely proportional to the N2. The relationship between N1
and N2 illustrates this proportionality and the variation in N2 is
Note: The static droop is slightly overcompensated.
referred to as "static droop".

Although the "static droop" ensures the stability of the system,


it is not acceptable because the helicopter rotor requires one
constant rotation speed.

For training purposes only 7.8


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CONTROL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

L1
L1 L2 L1

WF/N1 WF/N1

θ3
1
θ2
θ1

Static droop N2 N2

STATIC DROOP - COMPENSATION


CONTROL SYSTEM - OPERATION
For training purposes only 7.9
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CONTROL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

CONTROL SYSTEM - OPERATION


PRINCIPLE OF THE CONTROL LOOP

The system meters the fuel flow in order to match the engine
power to the requirements thus keeping power turbine rotation

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

speed constant. The control components are contained in the


hydromechanical unit mounted on the front face of the accessory
gearbox.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Operation of the control loop


The power turbine governor compares the actual speed N2
with a speed datum which varies with the collective pitch. It
determines a speed datum (N1*) which is a function of the
difference measured.

The gas generator governor compares the datum speed (N1*)


and the actual speed (N1) and meters the fuel to maintain
the datum speed, thus matching the gas generator to the
conditions.

The acceleration control unit limits the transient fuel flow (WF)
variations in relation to P2 pressure so as to prevent compressor
surge while permitting quick response times.

For training purposes only 7.10


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CONTROL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

TRQ

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

POWER
GAS TURBINE t
GENERATOR LOAD TRQ
(e.g. collective pitch)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

N2

t
MAIN GEARBOX

N2 SPEED (Transient variation


and quick return to nominal speed)
P2
WF
WF COLLECTIVE
ACCELERATION PITCH CONTROL θ
CONTROL UNIT
t
+
FUEL FLOW WF (Variation
GAS GENERATOR N1 controlled by the governor)
SPEED GOVERNOR N1
N1* +

POWER TURBINE N2
t
SPEED GOVERNOR
N1 SPEED (Increase or decrease
+ N2* to match the load variations)

VARIATION OF THE MAIN


PARAMETERS IN TIME

PRINCIPLE OF THE CONTROL LOOP


CONTROL SYSTEM - OPERATION
For training purposes only 7.11
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CONTROL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

CONTROL SYSTEM - OPERATION


POWER TURBINE GOVERNOR GAS GENERATOR GOVERNOR

This proportional type governor determines a datum signal This integral type governor controls the datum speed demanded
according to the anticipator signal and the actual speed. by the power turbine governor. It achieves this control by

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

metering the fuel flow.


In stabilized conditions, the flyweight centrifugal force balances
the datum spring force. The lever is in a fixed position in front In stabilized conditions, the flyweight centrifugal force balances

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

of the potentiometric jet. The reduced pressure flows to the the force of the datum spring. The lever is in a fixed position and
low pressure and a modulated pressure is established in the the valve determines a given modulated pressure. The working
chamber. The amplifier piston (subjected to a reference pressure piston controls a given position of the metering needle which
on one side and to the modulated pressure on the other side) meters the fuel flow to obtain the required rotation speed. The
determines the N1 datum transmitted to the gas generator system is "in balance".
governor by a lever and a plunger.
In transient conditions, we have seen that the power turbine
Transient conditions, the anticipator modifies the spring governor determines a new datum which upsets the balance. The
force while the centrifugal force changes. The lever pivots and lever moves, the leak varies and consequently the modulated
moves in front of the potentiometric jet thus altering the leak pressure. The working piston moves the metering needle until the
and therefore changing the modulated pressure. The amplifier new N1 datum is obtained. The gas generator speed increases
piston then moves and, by means of the lever and plunger, sets or decreases, thus regulating engine output power to match the
a new datum on the gas generator governor. The gas generator load and obtain a constant power turbine speed.
adapts itself to the new condition until the balance is regained.
Thermal compensator
The thermal compensator moves the potentiometric jet as a
function of the fuel temperature, which slightly modifies the
modulated pressure, thus maintaining the max. N1 speed
constant.

For training purposes only 7.12


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CONTROL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

N2 DATUM N2 SPEED DETECTOR Low pressure


SPRING (flyweight) (approx. 100 kPa)
ANTICIPATOR
Modulated pressure

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

N2 (approx. 280 kPa)


Modulated pressure
N1 (approx. 300 kPa)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

AMPLIFIER Reduced pressure


PISTON LEVER (approx. 400 kPa)

POTENTIOMETRIC
JET N1 SPEED
DETECTOR
MAX N1 (flyweight)
STOP
MIN N1 LEVER
STOP
DAMPING
DEVICE

N1 DATUM
PLUNGER

N1 DATUM
SPRING

THERMAL POTENTIOMETRIC WORKING METERING


COMPENSATOR JET PISTON NEEDLE

POWER TURBINE GOVERNOR AND GAS GENERATOR GOVERNOR


CONTROL SYSTEM - OPERATION
For training purposes only 7.13
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CONTROL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

CONTROL SYSTEM - OPERATION


ACCELERATION CONTROL UNIT DECELERATION CONTROL UNIT

It limits fuel flow increase in transient conditions, in order to In some versions, a deceleration control unit (or min flow limiter)
prevent compressor surge during acceleration. is included in the metering unit to prevent flame-out during

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

deceleration.
In stabilized conditions, there is a gap between the fork
and the metering valve. The position of the metering valve is In load decrease transient conditions, the closing of the metering

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

determined by the working piston. needle is limited by a mechanical stop.

In load increase transient conditions, the governor "responds" This mechanical stop is controlled by a diaphragm subjected
and the working piston moves rapidly. Under the action of its to P2 pressure.
spring, the metering needle opens until it stops against the
fork. This displacement represents what is called "instant flow The stop withdraws as the P2 pressure decreases in order to
increase" initiating the acceleration. Then the subsequent prevent engine flame-out during rapid deceleration.
increase in P2 pressure causes the deformation of the capsule
which permits further opening of the metering needle until it
comes into contact with the working piston.

For training purposes only 7.14


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CONTROL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

WF Max. flow for a determined P2 WF


pressure (lever mechanism position)
Max. flow stop of the
Max. Min. flow curve
acceleration control unit

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

as a function of P2 pressure
X
"X" instant flow increase =

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

distance between the metering


valve position and fork position

Min. Min. flow stop of the


acceleration control unit
P2
DECELERATION CURVE
P2 (WF as a function of P2)
ACCELERATION CURVE
DECELERATION
(Fuel flow WF as a function of compressor pressure P2)
CONTROL UNIT
WORKING CAM
WORKING GAP (x) CAM FUEL METERING PISTON
PISTON NEEDLE
x
P2
ACCELERATION P0
ACCELERATION
CAPSULE
CAPSULE

P0 P2 METERING
LEVER
NEEDLE
MECHANISM
BAROSTATIC LEVER
DIAGRAM OF THE MECHANISM DEVICE MECHANISM

ACCELERATION CONTROL UNIT AND DECELERATION CONTROL UNIT


CONTROL SYSTEM - OPERATION
For training purposes only 7.15
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CONTROL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

CONTROL SYSTEM - OPERATION


METERING UNIT
Operation
Metering needle Graph of fuel flow (WF) as a function of metering needle

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

position (S): each position corresponds to a fuel flow and each


The metering needle is a profiled needle which moves in a displacement ∆S corresponds to a proportional flow variation
calibrated orifice. ∆WF.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

The fuel under pump pressure flows through the passage


determined by the metering needle sliding in the orifice.

Constant ∆P valve
To obtain a fuel flow solely depending upon the metering needle
position, this valve keeps a constant pressure difference across
the metering needle. It consists of a diaphragm subjected
metering needle pressure variation. Any variation of pressure
difference (∆P) is sensed by this valve which returns more
or less fuel to the inlet of the pump. In fact, the pump always
supplies a flow higher than the engine requirements and the
excess fuel is returned to the inlet.

The ∆P transient variations are due to the pump pressure


variations, to the downstream pressure variations and of course
to the displacement of the metering valve.

For example: when the metering needle opens, the pressure


difference decreases, the valve diaphragm senses this and
moves to close the return. More fuel is admitted to the engine,
the upstream pressure increases and the nominal ∆P is
regained.

For training purposes only 7.16


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CONTROL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

FUEL
CONSTANT
INLET
∆P VALVE
FUEL

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

RETURN

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

WF

P2
P0

∆WF

∆S S
WF AS A FUNCTION OF
NEEDLE POSITIONS (S)

FUEL
METERING OUTLET
NEEDLE (WF)

METERING UNIT
CONTROL SYSTEM - OPERATION
For training purposes only 7.17
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CONTROL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

CONTROL SYSTEM - OPERATION


LIMITS
Min. governed speed
Limits of gas generator speeds It is limited by a fixed adjustable mechanical stop to avoid low

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

speeds corresponding to critical ratings. In operation, this limit


The gas generator rotation speed varies (to adapt the engine to is practically never reached because, even at zero torque,
changing conditions) between two extreme limits represented the power to drive the compressor requires a higher speed.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

by adjustable mechanical stops. Therefore, the stop is only a safety measure and it is only
adjusted on the FCU test rig.
Max. speed
Limits of fuel flow
It is automatically limited by a fixed adjustable stop which
represents the max operating rating. Fuel flow variation in transient conditions is limited by the
acceleration control unit to obtain an optimum acceleration
MTOP- Max. Take-Off Power in the case of a single engine (in without compressor surge. The acceleration rate determines
fact, this rating is given at a value slightly lower than the response time. The slope of acceleration is only adjustable
the mechanical stop and the engine must be operated on the test rig.
not to overcome it).
The min. fuel flow (limit to prevent flame-out) is limited by a
MCP - Max. Contingency Power in the case of engine failure mechanical stop on the metering needle. In some versions,
during take-off or landing of a twin engine helicopter this stop is variable with P2 pressure; it is also called the
(OEI 2 min. 30 sec.) deceleration control unit.
The effect of fuel temperature on the speed (variation of fuel The max. fuel flow is determined by the full opening of the
viscosity changing the balance point of the hydromechanical metering needle for a given pressure difference ∆P. It is a factory
governor) is compensated by the capsule in order to obtain speed adjustment which represents a sort of power limitation.
invariability (especially max. N1). A slight max. N1 variation is
however introduced but within given limits. In manual control (emergency control), the max. fuel flow is
limited at a lower value to avoid exceeding of the limits.

For training purposes only 7.18


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CONTROL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

N1 thermal
limit
N1

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

N1 max. as a function of
fuel temperature

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

N1 limit to
ensure power
WF
Metering unit max. WF

Temperature Manual control max. WF


(emergency)
N1 LIMITS

Metering unit min. WF


(with deceleration
control unit)
Metering unit min. WF
(without deceleration
control unit)
P2

FUEL FLOW LIMITS (WF)

LIMITS
CONTROL SYSTEM - OPERATION
For training purposes only 7.19
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CONTROL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

CONTROL SYSTEM - OPERATION


LIMIT OF TORQUE AND POWER TURBINE
OVERSPEED SAFETY SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Limit of torque
A max. torque limit is required by the mechanical transmission.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

The control system does not ensure a torque limit and the
operating instructions should be observed to prevent any
overtorque. The flight manual indicates the torque limits: also
see chapter "indication" of this manual for details of the torque
measuring system.

Power turbine overspeed safety system


This safety system is not included in the control unit but is often
mentioned among the functions of the engine control system.

The overspeed safety system is designed mainly to take into


account the case of shaft failure resulting in a very sudden
acceleration which cannot be contained by the speed governor.
The system includes a speed detector, an electronic unit and
the overspeed and drain valve of the fuel system.

It is installed on some versions: twin engine configurations mainly.

For training purposes only 7.20


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CONTROL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

OVERSPEED AND TACHOMETER N2


DRAIN VALVE BOX DETECTOR

TRQ
WF TEST

TORQUE
INDICATOR

LIMIT OF TORQUE - POWER TURBINE OVERSPEED SAFETY SYSTEM


CONTROL SYSTEM - OPERATION
For training purposes only 7.21
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CONTROL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

CONTROL SYSTEM - OPERATION


CONTROL SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
Dynamic variation of power turbine speed
As regards the operation, the control system performance
determines some flight characteristics. It is the transient speed variation occurring during a load variation.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

The amplitude of this variation can be observed on the rotor


The following can be distinguished: speed indicator; it is related to the other characteristics.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- The response time


Static variation of power turbine speed
- The static and dynamic power turbine speed variations
It can be defined as the speed variation at different ratings. This
- The max. speed of the gas generator. static variation (a static droop which is slightly overcompensated)
can be checked by noting NR speed at different operating points
(eg: ground fine pitch and cruise pitch). With the increase of
Response time power, the NR increases slightly within given limits.
It can be defined as the time required to regain power turbine
nominal speed in transient conditions. The response time Max. available speed of the gas generator
is closely associated to the rate of acceleration of the gas
generator. It is the max. speed that can be obtained from the gas generator
(take-off on single engine and max. contingency on twin engine).
A check of the response time can be made by recording This rating can be checked on a load application, noting the max
parameters during a load application. It is less than 4 seconds speed obtained when the rotor speed starts decreasing.
between N1 min. and max. in standard conditions.

For training purposes only 7.22


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CONTROL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


N2 N1
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Max.
100%

< 4 sec.

90

time 80

Min.
< 4 sec. 70

100% N2
RESPONSE TIME AND DYNAMIC
VARIATION OF THE POWER STATIC VARIATION OF N2
TURBINE SPEED N2 POWER TURBINE SPEED

CONTROL SYSTEM PERFORMANCE


CONTROL SYSTEM - OPERATION
For training purposes only 7.23
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CONTROL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

CONTROL SYSTEM - OPERATION


TWIN-ENGINE CONFIGURATION

Principle of load sharing

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

In normal conditions, the helicopter rotor is driven by the two


power turbines and therefore:

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

NR = k.N2 eng 1 = k.N2 eng 2

The speed signals received by the two power turbine governors


being identical (as well as the signals from the collective
pitch), they determine identical datum signals sent to the two
gas generator governors which meter fuel flow to keep them
constant.

As the power is closely related to the N1 speed and as the


efficiency does not vary much from one power turbine to another,
a fairly good load sharing is obtained.

Operation on one engine


In this case, the engine remaining in operation supplies the
power while the other one is disconnected by the free wheel.

The limit of the operative engine is represented by the max.


contingency rating automatically limited by the fuel control unit.
This rating, determined for engine failure during take-off or
landing, has a limited duration: 2 min. 30 sec.

For training purposes only 7.24


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CONTROL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

MAIN
NR = k.N2 eng1 = k.N2 eng2
GEARBOX

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

NR

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

N2
COLLECTIVE N (1 and 2)
PITCH

TRQ1
FREE WHEEL and
TRQ TRQ2
REDUCTION
GEARBOX
POWER
TURBINE
T4
GAS T4
GENERATOR
N2
N1 Max.

POWER TURBINE
WF N1
GOVERNOR

N1

TRIM N1*
N2*
GAS GENERATOR GOVERNOR

TWIN-ENGINE CONFIGURATION
CONTROL SYSTEM - OPERATION
For training purposes only 7.25
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CONTROL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

CONTROL SYSTEM - OPERATION


CONTROL SYSTEM LOOP - LOAD INCREASE
Evolution of parameters
"Image" of a load increase θ - Collective pitch

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Sudden increase from min. to max. almost instantly


t = 0 - "Start" Collective pitch movement
θ - The pitch increases N2 - Power turbine speed

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Transient decrease and rapid return to nominal speed


W1 > W - The resisting torque becomes higher than the after a slight overshoot, and a slight overcompensation
drive torque of the static droop
N2 - The power turbine rotation speed decreases N1 - Gas generator speed
Speed increase and stabilisation after a slight
G - The N2 governor detects the 2 signals, and
overshoot
sends a datum increase to the N1 governor:
the N1 governor increases the fuel flow WF t - Time in seconds
WF - Instantaneous flow step
P2 - Th e c o m p r e s s o r d i s ch a r g e p r e s su re
increases
AC - The acceleration control unit enables the
acceleration to continue
Combustion - The flow WF increases in the combustion
chamber
N1 - increases, the output power W increases, the N2 speed
stops decreasing and returns to its nominal value when
the equilibrium between torques W1 = W is achieved.
t < 4 sec. - End of transient

For training purposes only 7.26


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CONTROL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

NR

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

t=0

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

t
t<4
1 N2
N2 W >W
3
1
1
W=W N2
2
t

N2 G N1
2
3
W WF

1
N1 P2 t
1
3 3
AC 2 2
Combustion

WF
1 N1 N2

"Image" of a load increase Evolution of parameters during a load increase

CONTROL SYSTEM LOOP - LOAD INCREASE


CONTROL SYSTEM - OPERATION
For training purposes only 7.27
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CONTROL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

CONTROL SYSTEM - OPERATION


CONTROL SYSTEM LOOP - LOAD DECREASE
Evolution of parameters
"Image" of a load decrease θ - Collective pitch

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Rapid decrease of pitch


t = 0 - "Start" Collective pitch movement
θ - The pitch decreases N2 - Power turbine speed

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Transient increase and return to nominal speed (within


W1 < W - The resisting torque becomes lower than the the static droop)
drive torque
N1 - Gas generator speed
N2 - The power turbine rotation speed increases Speed decrease and stabilisation
G - The governor detects the N2 increase and
t - Time in seconds
decreases the fuel flow WF
WF - Instantaneous deceleration flow
P2 - The compressor discharge pressure decreases
DC - The deceleration controller limits the min. fuel
flow (if needs be)
Combustion - The flow WF decreases in the combustion
chamber
N1 - decreases, the output power W decreases, the N2 speed
returns to its nominal value.
t < 4 sec. - End of transient

For training purposes only 7.28


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CONTROL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

NR

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

t=0

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

t
t<4 N2
1
N2 W <W 2
1
3
1
W =W N2
t

N2 G N1

1
W WF
3

N1 P2 2 t
1
1
3
DC 2
Combustion

WF
3 N1 N2
2
"Image" of a load decrease Evolution of parameters during a load decrease

CONTROL SYSTEM LOOP - LOAD DECREASE


CONTROL SYSTEM - OPERATION
For training purposes only 7.29
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CONTROL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

CONTROL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE


MAINTENANCE Mandatory maintenance tasks
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
List of maintenance tasks considered by the manufacturer as
Refer to Maintenance Manual (chapter 05). having to be carried out, although they do not directly affect

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

flight safety.
Servicing inspections (except 1E2) Recommended maintenance tasks

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

List of maintenance tasks to be carried out:


List of maintenance tasks that are advised by the engine
- After the last flight of the day manufacturer in order to improve reliability, increase availability
and reduce the operating cost of the engine.
- Before the first flight of the day
- Pre-flight
Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to
- Post-flight
refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.

Servicing inspections (1E2)


List of maintenance tasks to be carried out:

- Before the first flight of the day

- Between two flights

- After 15 flight hours or 7 days.

Imperative maintenance tasks

List of maintenance tasks to performed to meet the Airworthiness


objectives.

For training purposes only 7.30


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CONTROL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

MANDATORY MAINTENANCE TASKS

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Ground run or in flight


- Do a check of engine health FM

Test flight
- F.C.U. characteristics
• Check Chap. 73

Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
CONTROL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE
For training purposes only 7.31
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CONTROL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

CONTROL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE


MAINTENANCE
CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

List of maintenance tasks to be carried out when required (in


the event of an operating anomaly).

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to


refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.

For training purposes only 7.32


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CONTROL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

(non exhaustive list)

- FCU

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

• Removal / installation No. 1 Chap. 73


• Removal / installation No. 2 Chap. 73
• Inspection / check Chap. 73
- Temperature compensating device
• Removal / installation Chap. 73
- Anticipator and low fuel control
• Removal / installation Chap. 73

Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE
CONTROL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE
For training purposes only 7.33
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CONTROL SYSTEM
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

8 - MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING


SYSTEMS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

- Measurement and indicating systems presentation ......................... 8.2

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Speed measurement and indicating system (77-10-03) .................... 8.4


- T4 measurement and indicating system ............................................. 8.10
- Torque measurement and indicating system ..................................... 8.14
- Miscellaneous indications ................................................................... 8.18
- Measurement and indicating systems - 1st line maintenance ......... 8.22 - 8.25

(XX-XX-XX): Page references which deal with the subject in the maintenance documentation.

For training purposes only 8.1


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS


PRESENTATION
Miscellaneous indications
Functions
- N1 speed (gas generator)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

The indicating system provides the following functions:


- N2 speed (power turbine)
- It allows the pilot to check that the engine is operating within

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

determined limits - T4 gas temperature

- It indicates faults or abnormal changes of parameters - Engine torque

- It allows the checking of certain operating phases. - Oil system indication,

- Miscellaneous (indicating lights and monitoring).

Note: In fact there are operating parameters (e.g. N1 and


torque) and monitoring parameters (e.g. N2, T4, oil
temperature and pressure).

For training purposes only 8.2


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

FUNCTIONS

- To check that the engine operates

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

within determined limits

- To indicate fault or abnormal

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

changes of parameters N1 SPEED T4 GAS TEMPERATURE


INDICATION INDICATION
- To check certain operating phases

MISCELLANEOUS
(indicating lights
and monitoring)

OIL SYSTEM
INDICATION
N2 SPEED ENGINE TORQUE
INDICATION INDICATION

MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS PRESENTATION


For training purposes only 8.3
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

SPEED MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING


SYSTEM
GENERAL Operation
N1 is an operating parameter as it reflects the engine power

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Function and serves to determine the limit ratings.

This system measures the rotation speeds of the gas generator The N2 signal is used for the N2 indication (associated with

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

(N1) and the power turbine (N2). the NR indication).

Main characteristics
- Type:
• tachometer transmitter
• phonic wheel (according to version)

- Transmitter signals: frequency proportional to the rotation


speed.

Main components
- N1 speed transmitter

- N2 speed transmitter

- Electrical harnesses for connection to the indicators.

Description
One or two tachometer generators (N2 optional) linked to one
or two indicators.

For training purposes only 8.4


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

N1
INDICATOR
N1 SPEED

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

SENSOR

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR PHONIC WHEEL
(starter generator
drive shaft)
N1 SPEED SENSOR

N2 SPEED
REAR OF THE SENSOR
INTERMEDIATE GEAR
N2 OF THE REDUCTION
INDICATOR GEARBOX
ACCESSORY GEARBOX
REAR FACE ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR

N2 SPEED SENSOR

GENERAL
SPEED MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEM
For training purposes only 8.5
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

SPEED MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING


SYSTEM
Description
N1 AND N2 TACHOMETER-TRANSMITTERS
(EXCEPT 1E, 1S) The assembly consists of:

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

- A tachometer-generator whose rotor is a mechanically driven


Function permanent magnet. It delivers a 3-phase AC voltage electrical

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


signal whose frequency is proportional to the speed
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

The system measures the gas generator rotation speed (N1)


and the power turbine rotation speed (N2). - An asynchronous motor which receives the signal from the
transmitter and displays the speed on a graduated dial.
Position
General operation
- On the rear face of the accessory gearbox:
The N1 signal is a control parameter because it reflects the
• N1 on the right-hand side power being supplied and determines the operating "limit ratings".
• N2 on the left-hand side (according to version).
The N2 signal is an indicating parameter (associated with the
rotor rotation speed indication (NR)).
Main characteristics
N1/N2 operation
- Type:
The rotation of the permanent magnet in front of the three
• Tachometer-transmitter windings induces an AC voltage.
• 3-phase permanent magnet generator
The frequency of this AC voltage is proportional to the rotation
- Transmitter signals: frequency proportional to the rotation speed.
speed

- Quantity: 2 identical N1/N2 transmitters (interchangeable).

For training purposes only 8.6


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

BODY
Type:
- Tachometer-transmitter
- 3-phase permanent magnet

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

generator

Transmitter signals:

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Frequency proportional
to the rotation speed

Quantity:
2 identical N1/N2 transmitters
(interchangeable)
ELECTRICAL
PLUG

STATOR

INDICATOR

N1 AND N2 TACHOMETER TRANSMITTERS (EXCEPT 1E, 1S)


SPEED MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEM
For training purposes only 8.7
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

SPEED MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING


SYSTEM
Description
N1 AND N2 SPEED SENSORS (1E, 1S)
The system consists of a toothed wheel, called a phonic wheel,

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Function rotating in front of an electro-magnetic pick-up which is connected


to an indicator.
The system measures the gas generator rotation speed (N1)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

and the power turbine rotation speed (N2). Operation

Position The passage of the teeth in front of the electro-magnetic


sensor induces an alternating current in the sensor windings.
- N1 sensor: on the accessory gearbox casing right-hand side This current has a frequency proportional to the speed and the
number of teeth:
- N2 sensor: at the bottom of the rear drive shaft casing.
nd x N
F=
Main characteristics 60
- Type: electro-magnetic (nd = Number of teeth; N = rotation speed in RPM;
F = frequency)
- Quantity: 2 (interchangeable)
The signal from the sensor is transmitted to the cockpit indicator
- N1 phonic wheel: which transforms it into an indication which may be analog,
• Quantity: 1 digital or both.
• On the starter-generator drive shaft

- N2 phonic wheel:
• Quantity: 1
• On the rear of the intermediate gear of the reduction
gearbox.

For training purposes only 8.8


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

TO THE INDICATOR

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

PHONIC WHEEL
SPEED
N1 SPEED SENSOR
SENSOR

nd x N
ELECTRICAL F=
60
CONNECTOR
PHONIC WHEEL
(starter generator
drive shaft)
REAR CASING OF
THE INTERMEDIATE
GEAR

N2 SPEED
SENSOR

ELECTRICAL INDICATOR ELECTRO-MAGNETIC PHONIC


CONNECTOR SENSOR WHEEL

N1 AND N2 SPEED SENSORS (1E, 1S)


SPEED MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEM
For training purposes only 8.9
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

T4 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING


SYSTEM
GENERAL Operation
The gas temperature (T4) is an operating parameter, particularly

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Function during engine starting.


This system provides an indication of the gas temperature (T4) As it would be difficult to measure the turbine inlet temperature,

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

at the gas generator turbine outlet. the gas generator outlet temperature is measured.

All versions (except 1E-1S): The system includes thermocouple


Position probes which are connected to an indicator by means of a
- All the system components are located on the engine except harness.
the T4 indicator.
1E-1S: The thermocouple junction box provides a connection
between the thermocouple probes and the indicator.
Main characteristics
The system produces a voltage proportional to the temperature
- Type: thermocouple probes of a junction of two dissimilar metals.

- Indication: degrees Celsius. The voltage produced is measured by a galvanometer indicator


which is graduated in degrees Celsius.
Main components
- Thermocouple probes (x 3)

- Indicator

- 1E-1S : Thermocouple junction box.

For training purposes only 8.10


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

1E/1S GAS GENERATOR THERMOCOUPLE


TURBINE PROBES

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

1E-1S:THERMOCOUPLE
JUNCTION BOX
1E/1S

1E-1S: Except
THERMOCOUPLE 1E/1S
JUNCTION BOX


Type:
THERMOCOUPLE Thermocouple probes
PROBES
Indication:
Degrees Celsius T4 TEMPERATURE
INDICATION

GENERAL
T4 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEM
For training purposes only 8.11
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

T4 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING


SYSTEM A thermocouple probe produces an electromotive force which
SYSTEM COMPONENTS is proportional to the temperature difference between the hot
and the cold junction. The electromotive force is delivered to
Thermocouple probes the T4 indicator (galvanometer graduated in degrees Celsius).

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

The reading obtained is an average temperature.


Function

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Thermocouple junction box (1E-1S)


The thermocouple probes measure the gas temperature (T4)
at the gas generator outlet.
Function
Position The thermocouple junction box forms the interface between the
thermocouples and the indicator.
- Around the rear part of the combustion chamber casing.
Position
Main characteristics
- On a bracket at the upper part of the power turbine.
- Type: Chromel - Alumel thermocouple
Main characteristics
- Quantity: 3
- Type: box with connectors.
- Connection: in parallel.
Functional description
Functional description
The thermocouple junction box contains connection system of
The 3 thermocouple probes are identical. They are positioned Chromel - Alumel wires and provides a connection between
to give a homogeneous measurement. Each probe contains a the thermocouple probes and the aircraft indicator.
hot junction (Chromel - Alumel wires soldered together).
It includes the connectors of the thermocouple probes (x 3)
The probes are connected in parallel either to the aircraft and of the indicator.
indicator directly or through an amplifier providing analog and
digital outputs.

For training purposes only 8.12


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

THERMOCOUPLE PROBES 1E-1S: THERMOCOUPLE


JUNCTION BOX
Type: 1E/1S

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Chromel - Alumel thermocouple Type:


Box with connectors
Quantity:

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

3
Indicator
connector
Connection: Thermocouple
In parallel connector

Mounting
nut
Cable 1E/1S

1E-1S: THERMOCOUPLE
JUNCTION BOX

THERMOCOUPLE Chromel
PROBE Thermocouple
connectors

Cold
junction

INDICATOR
Hot
junction

Alumel

SYSTEM COMPONENTS
T4 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEM
For training purposes only 8.13
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

TORQUE MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING


SYSTEM
GENERAL Operation
General operation

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Function
The reaction torque is transformed into axial force on the
To provide an indication of the engine torque measured at the reduction gear intermediate pinion. The force is transmitted to

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

reduction gearbox intermediate gear. a piston which determines an oil flow modulating a pressure
representative of the torque.
Position The pressure is transformed into electrical current supplied to
the indicator by a transmitter.
- All the system components are located on the engine except
the torque indicator. Torquemeter operation

Main characteristics The torque on the output shaft is transmitted to the reduction
gearbox. The intermediate gear, which has helical teeth,
- Type: hydraulic torquemeter transmits the axial force to the piston, via the stop bearings.

The movement of the intermediate gear/piston assembly varies


Description the oil flow between the piston and the tube base.

The torquemeter piston is fitted into the hub of the intermediate This pressure variation is felt by the torque transmitter.
gear of the reduction gearbox on a stop bearing.

The head of the piston fits into a cavity in the reduction gearbox
front casing. An oil tube passes through the hollow shaft of the
piston and forms a passage between the piston and the tube
base. Oil from the torquemeter system can pass through this
passage.

For training purposes only 8.14


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

REDUCTION TORQUEMETER INTERMEDIATE STOP


GEARBOX PISTON GEAR BEARING
CASING

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

OIL FLOW
VARIATION

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

INDICATOR TRANSMITTER

OIL INLET LUBRICATION


(pressure modulated TUBE
by the piston)
LIMITED
RESTRICTOR
FLOW

MAIN CHARACTERISTICS

TO ENGINE Type:
OIL PUMP FILTER LUBRICATION TORQUEMETER hydraulic torquemeter
PISTON

GENERAL
TORQUE MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEM
For training purposes only 8.15
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

TORQUE MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING


SYSTEM
TORQUE TRANSMITTER Note: The torque transmitter or the indicator (according to
version) is adjusted and matched to the reduction

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

gearbox.
Function
The transmitter transforms the hydraulic signal (modulated

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

pressure from the piston) into an electrical signal and transmits


it to the indicator.

Position
- Rear right hand side of the accessory gearbox.

Main characteristics
- Type: inductive or resistive (according to version).

Description
The system includes:

- A calibrated orifice

- A transmitter

- A pressure tapping point.

For training purposes only 8.16


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

PUMP

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

PRESSURE

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


RESTRICTOR
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

TORQUEMETER PISTON
MODULATED PRESSURE

INDICATOR

Type:
Inductive or resistive
(according to version)

Note: The torque transmitter or TRANSMITTER PRESSURE


the indicator (according to TAPPING
version) is adjusted and
matched to the reduction
gearbox.

TORQUE TRANSMITTER
TORQUE MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEM
For training purposes only 8.17
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

MISCELLANEOUS INDICATIONS
GENERAL

There are several indicators and instruments which give


information about the engine operation. These pages summarize

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

the various lights which have already been dealt with in other
chapters.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Position
- Engine
- On the instrument panel.

Main characteristics
- Indicating lights directly connected to engine sensors
- Indications provided by the aircraft
- Electrical measurement circuit directly connected to
indicators.

Main components
- Sensors and engine accessories (refer to corresponding
chapters for more information)

Lights directly connected to the engine


sensors
- Low oil pressure
- Bleed valve position
- Magnetic particles.

For training purposes only 8.18


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

+ 28 V

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Low oil pressure


Bleed valve position

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Circuit breaker Magnetic particles

ENGINE

INDICATING:

• Fuel

• Oil

• Air

• Power

• Overspeed

• Fire

HELICOPTER

GENERAL
MISCELLANEOUS INDICATIONS
For training purposes only 8.19
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

MISCELLANEOUS INDICATIONS
CYCLE COUNTER
Operation
Function The input signal is the N1 speed supplied by a pick-up or by

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

the tachometer generator.


The cycle counter automatically carries out the calculations
stated in the maintenance manual. With this information, the system converts the engine actual

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

operating cycles into "reference cycles" and displays the


result.
Main components
For the power turbine, the relationship is: 1 cycle = 1 start.
- Tachometer box with failure indicator
It is then possible to calculate the number of cycles of life
- Display unit with N1 and N2 cycle displays
limited parts.
- Electrical connectors.
The electronic box corresponding to an engine variant can
perform some (or all) of the following functions:
Note: In the 1E and 1S versions, a same box ensures the - Count engine operating cycles
two functions of N2 overspeed protection and cycle
counter. - Control electro-pneumatic compressor bleed valve

- Protect against power turbine overspeed

- Monitor the power turbine.

For training purposes only 8.20


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

FAILURE
INDICATOR

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

DISPLAY
UNIT

N1, N2 AND 24 V
N1 AND N2 INPUT
CYCLE DISPLAYS

Note: In the 1E and 1S versions, a same box ensures the two functions of N2 overspeed
protection and cycle counter.

CYCLE COUNTER
MISCELLANEOUS INDICATIONS
For training purposes only 8.21
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING


SYSTEMS - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE Mandatory maintenance tasks
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
List of maintenance tasks considered by the manufacturer as
Refer to Maintenance Manual (chapter 05). having to be carried out, although they do not directly affect

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

flight safety.
Servicing inspections (except 1E2) Recommended maintenance tasks

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

List of maintenance tasks to be carried out:


List of maintenance tasks that are advised by the engine
- After the last flight of the day manufacturer in order to improve reliability, increase availability
and reduce the operating cost of the engine.
- Before the first flight of the day
- Pre-flight
Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to
- Post-flight
refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.

Servicing inspections (1E2)


List of maintenance tasks to be carried out:

- Before the first flight of the day

- Between two flights

- After 15 flight hours or 7 days.

Imperative maintenance tasks

List of maintenance tasks to performed to meet the Airworthiness


objectives.

For training purposes only 8.22


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

MANDATORY MAINTENANCE TASKS

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Torquemeter transmitter
• Inspection and check Chap. 72
- N1 tachometer transmitter
• Inspection and check Chap. 77
- Pyrometric harness
• Visual inspection Chap. 77
• Test Chap. 77

Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE
For training purposes only 8.23
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING


SYSTEMS - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE
CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

List of maintenance tasks to be carried out when required (in


the event of an operating anomaly).

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to


refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.

For training purposes only 8.24


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

(non exhaustive list)

- N1 speed sensor (NG)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

• Removal / installation Chap. 77


- N2 speed sensor (NFT/NR)
• Removal / installation Chap. 77
- Torquemeter transmitter
• Removal / installation Chap. 77
• Test Chap. 77
- Box and thermocouples
• Removal / installation of a thermocouple Chap. 77
• Removal / installation of the box Chap. 77
• Inspection Chap. 77
- Tachometer unit and cycle counter
• Counting function: test Chap. 77

Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE
MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE
For training purposes only 8.25
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 MEASUREMENT AND INDICATING SYSTEMS
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

9 - STARTING SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

- Starting system presentation .............................................................. 9.2

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Starter-generator ................................................................................... 9.6
- Ignition system (74-00-00)..................................................................... 9.8
- Starting system - Operation ................................................................. 9.10
- Starting system - 1st line maintenance .............................................. 9.14 - 9.17

(XX-XX-XX): Page references which deal with the subject in the maintenance documentation.

For training purposes only 9.1


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 STARTING SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

STARTING SYSTEM PRESENTATION


GENERAL
Main components
Function - Starter-generator (cranking)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

The starting system ensures starting (on the ground and in flight) - Ignition units and igniter plugs
and dry crank of the engine. It includes the following functions:

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

cranking, fuel supply and ignition. - Fuel system (supply, metering and delivery)

- Indicating and control system:


Position • Electrical system
All the starting accessories are installed on the engine. • Instruments.
Indicating and control components are supplied by the aircraft
manufacturer.

Main characteristics
- Starting envelope: according to version

- Start duration: between 25 and 30 sec.

- Max. dry crank time: ≤ 15 sec.

- Stabilisation time before shut-down: 60 sec.

- Run-down time: > 30 sec. from 30 to 0% N1.

For training purposes only 9.2


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 STARTING SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

STARTER-GENERATOR IGNITION IGNITER


Starting enveloppe:
According to version UNITS PLUGS

Start duration:

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Between 25 and 30 sec.

Max. dry crank time:

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

≤ 15 sec.

Stabilisation time before shut-down:


60 sec.

CRANKING Run-down time: IGNITION


> 30 sec. from 30 to 0% N1

FUEL SUPPLY AND START CONTROL


DISTRIBUTION AND INDICATING

GENERAL
STARTING SYSTEM PRESENTATION
For training purposes only 9.3
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 STARTING SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

STARTING SYSTEM PRESENTATION


DESCRIPTION The igniter plugs are installed close to the start injectors and
are connected to the ignition units by two cables.
Starter

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Fuel system
The starter is electrically supplied with direct current from the
batteries through the aircraft electrical system. The fuel system supplies fuel to the start and main injectors.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

During starting, the starter drives the gas generator rotating


assembly through the accessory drive train. Control and indicating system

At the end of starting, the electrical supply to the starter is The control system includes:
cut.
- The cockpit components (fuses or circuit-breakers, dry crank
The starter is installed on the front face of the gearbox and start push-buttons, the manual control lever)
casing.
- The supply (28 V battery)
Ignition unit
- The accessory relay (to electrically supply the starting
The ignition units are of high energy type. They transform the accessories)
direct current voltage provided by the aircraft system into high
- The starter contactor
energy voltage required for the igniter plug operation.
- The overspeed box (twin engine only).
The ignition units are located at the right side of the axial
compressor casing.

Igniter plugs
The engine has two igniter plugs which ignite the air fuel mixture
sprayed by the start injectors.

For training purposes only 9.4


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 STARTING SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

STARTER
CONTACTOR

STARTER-

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

GENERATOR

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

CIRCUIT DRY CRANK


BREAKER PUSH-BUTTON START INJECTOR
ELECTRO-VALVE

ACCESSORY
START RELAY
PUSH-BUTTON
IGNITION
UNITS
OVERSPEED
BOX

DESCRIPTION
STARTING SYSTEM PRESENTATION
For training purposes only 9.5
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 STARTING SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

STARTER-GENERATOR
- Direct current supply to the aircraft system from the starter-
Function
generator when the starting phase is completed.
The starter cranks the gas generator rotating assembly during

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

starting and dry crank. At the end of starting (when the rotation Operation
speed is sufficient), the starter operates as a Direct Current
generator. Engine cranking

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Position When "START" is selected the starter contactor closes and


- On the front face of the accessory gearbox. It is secured by connects the aircraft DC bus bar to the starter.
a clamp.
The starter then cranks the rotating assembly through the
Main characteristics accessory drive train.

- Supplied by the aircraft manufacturer The torque on the starter shaft is inversely proportional to the
- Type: starter-generator gas generator speed and will be higher when the atmospheric
temperature is low.
- Supply: VDC through heavy duty cables (32 V max.)
The N1 increases up to self-sustaining speed (45%) at which
Main components point the torque becomes negative. The supply to the starter
The starter main components are: is cut by the opening of the starter contactor.

- The starter-generator Electrical generation


- The mounting flange
At the end of the start cycle the starter is no longer electrically
- The supply terminals. supplied and it is driven by the gas generator through the
accessory drive train. Thus it acts as an electrical generator
Interfaces and supplies current to the aircraft circuit.
- Starter electrical supply from the + 28 VDC supply bus bar
through the starter contactor
- Drive of the gas generator rotating assembly through the
accessory drive train

For training purposes only 9.6


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 STARTING SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

TERMINALS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

DRIVE
SHAFT

STARTER-
GENERATOR

START
TORQUE

TORQUE WITH A DECREASING


AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
Aircraft manufacturer's
supply

Type:
Starter-generator
45% N1
Electrical supply:
VDC through heavy 0 SELF-SUSTAINING SPEED
duty cables (32 V max.)
STARTER GENERATOR

STARTER-GENERATOR
For training purposes only 9.7
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 STARTING SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

IGNITION SYSTEM

Function Description
This system ignites the fuel that is sprayed into the combustion The ignition system includes the following components:

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

chamber by the start injectors.


- 2 ignition units (identical, high energy)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Position - 2 ignition cables (identical, triple-braided, high energy)

With the exception of the electrical supply circuit, all the - 2 igniter plugs (surface-discharge type, incorporating a central
components are fitted on the engine: electrode insulated from the body, and a semi-conductor at
the tip).
- Ignition units: mounted on a support, on the front right-hand
side of the engine
Operation
- Ignition cables: between the ignition units and the igniter
plugs The ignition units are supplied with the DC voltage from the
aircraft mains electrical system, and transform it into a high-
- Igniter plugs: beside the start injectors, on either side of the energy voltage.
turbine casing.
This high-energy voltage (approximately 2 kV) is then delivered
to the igniter plugs through the ignition cables.
Main characteristics
The high-energy voltage produced by the ignition units is supplied
- Type: High Energy (HE) to the central electrode of the igniter plugs. It discharges between
the semi-conductor and the plug body causing powerful sparks.
- Supply voltage: 28 VDC
These sparks ignite the fuel that is sprayed into the combustion
chamber by the start injectors.

For training purposes only 9.8


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 STARTING SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

Electrical connector Electrical connector


(to the igniter plug) (connection with the ignition unit)

Electrical connector Seals and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

(to the ignition unit) spacers

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

External
body

Spark

Central Insulator
electrode
IGNITION
(+) Semi-
CABLE
conductor
IGNITER
Identification PLUG
plate IGNITER START
PLUG INJECTORS

Mounting
flanges
Type:
High Energy (HE)

Supply voltage:
IGNITION 28 VDC COMBUSTION
UNITS CHAMBER

IGNITION SYSTEM
For training purposes only 9.9
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 STARTING SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

STARTING SYSTEM
OPERATION (1)
Dry crank cycle
Starting cycle A dry crank consists of cranking the rotating assembly without

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

supplying fuel or ignition (dry crank). It is used for cooling the


The starting cycle is characterised by the evolution of the engine or for maintenance procedures.
engine parameters, especially the rotation speed and the gas

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

temperature. The dry crank cycle comprises the following phases:

The main points of the starting cycle are: - Dry crank

- Start selection - Cranking of the rotating assembly

- Self-sustaining speed (de-energisation of the starter and - End of dry crank and run-down.
ignition units)

- End of start (stabilisation at min. power). Note: Dry crank time is limited to 15 sec. to avoid overheating
of the starter motor.
Shut-down cycle
This cycle comprises the following points:

- Stabilisation at idle speed

- Stop selection

- Run-down and stop.

For training purposes only 9.10


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 STARTING SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

N1
START Stop selection
SELECTION
Stabilisation

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

at idle speed
+ Starting
ACCESSORY
accessories
RELAY

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Run-down

DRY CRANK SELECTION


+ Starter-
STARTER
CONTACTOR generator

N1 T4 gas
N2 100% temperature time
SHUT-DOWN CYCLE

N1 Dry crank cancel

N1 idle

Self-sustaining
speed
Approx. 200°C
(injection wheel
supply)
Selection
time Selection (15 sec. max.) time
STARTING CYCLE DRY CRANK CYCLE

OPERATION (1)
STARTING SYSTEM
For training purposes only 9.11
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 STARTING SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

STARTING SYSTEM
OPERATION (2)

Power supply of the helicopter "ON" Stop

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

- Valves closed, metering needle closed by the cam. - After stabilisation pull the control lever to the "stop" position:
the main valve closes. Note the run-down time.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Booster pumps switched on


Dry crank
- Purge of the fuel system with a return to the tank.
- Power supply switched on
Starting - Press the dry crank push-button (max. 15 sec.):
- The control lever is moved to the "start" position: • power supply to the starter motor via the start
contactor.
• slight opening of the main valve

- Pushing the start push button initiates the start by electrically


supplying:
• the starter
• the start injector electro-valve
• the ignition system

- At 45% of N1 (self sustaining speed) it is necessary to release


the start push button to cut the supply to the start relay and
accessories.

Note: During the start it is necessary to control the acceleration


of the engine, with the control lever, and to observe the
N1 speed and T4 temperature.

For training purposes only 9.12


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 STARTING SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

OPERATION (2)
STARTING SYSTEM
For training purposes only 9.13
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 STARTING SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

STARTING SYSTEM - 1ST LINE


MAINTENANCE Mandatory maintenance tasks
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
List of maintenance tasks considered by the manufacturer as
Refer to Maintenance Manual (chapter 05). having to be carried out, although they do not directly affect

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

flight safety.
Servicing inspections (except 1E2) Recommended maintenance tasks

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

List of maintenance tasks to be carried out:


List of maintenance tasks that are advised by the engine
- After the last flight of the day manufacturer in order to improve reliability, increase availability
and reduce the operating cost of the engine.
- Before the first flight of the day
- Pre-flight
Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to
- Post-flight
refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.

Servicing inspections (1E2)


List of maintenance tasks to be carried out:

- Before the first flight of the day

- Between two flights

- After 15 flight hours or 7 days.

Imperative maintenance tasks

List of maintenance tasks to performed to meet the Airworthiness


objectives.

For training purposes only 9.14


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 STARTING SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

MANDATORY MAINTENANCE TASKS

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- High-energy units
• Inspection and check Chap. 74
- Ignition cables
• Inspection and check Chap. 72
- Ignition plugs
• Inspection and check Chap. 72
- High-energy ignition units
• Test Chap. 72
- Starting system
• Operational check Chap. 72

Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
STARTING SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE
For training purposes only 9.15
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 STARTING SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

STARTING SYSTEM - 1ST LINE


MAINTENANCE
CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

List of maintenance tasks to be carried out when required (in


the event of an operating anomaly).

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to


refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.

For training purposes only 9.16


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 STARTING SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

(non exhaustive list)

- Gas generator module

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

• Removal / installation (post TU271A) 72-43-00


• Ignition plugs: test 72-43-00
• Starting system: operational check 72-43-00
- Accessory gearbox starter-generator adapter
• Sealing ring: removal / installation 74-61-00
- High energy (H.E.) ignition units
• Removal / installation 74-11-00

Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE
STARTING SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE
For training purposes only 9.17
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 STARTING SYSTEM
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

10 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

- Electrical system presentation ............................................................ 10.2

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Power turbine overspeed protection system (80-10-01) ................... 10.4


- Electrical harnesses ............................................................................. 10.16
- Electrical system - 1st line maintenance ............................................ 10.18 - 10.21

(XX-XX-XX): Page references which deal with the subject in the maintenance documentation.

For training purposes only 10.1


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PRESENTATION

Function Main components


The system contributes to the various indicating and control - Engine electrical components (indicating components and

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

functions of the engine: sensors)

- Indicating - Control and indicating components (aircraft)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Fuel control - Electrical harnesses.

- Safety systems

Main characteristics
- Power supply: 28 VDC from aircraft electrical system

For training purposes only 10.2


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ELECTRICAL
HARNESSES

Power supply:
28 VDC from aircraft

ACCESSORIES
AND SENSORS

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PRESENTATION


For training purposes only 10.3
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

POWER TURBINE OVERSPEED


PROTECTION SYSTEM
Description
GENERAL
The speed sensor is mounted facing two phonic wheels with

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Function a different number of teeth, mounted on the turbine shaft. It is


connected to the tachometer box (in the aircraft).
The safety system causes the immediate shut-down of the

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

engine in the event of power turbine overspeed. The tachometer box electrically supplies the overspeed electro-
valve on the overspeed and drain valve.
The system (mainly designed to protect against shearing of
the power shaft) requires a very quick response and a high Operation
reliability.
In the event of an overspeed, when the tachometer box receives
This protection system is only installed on twin-engine two frequency signals, it energises the overspeed electro-valve
configurations. to move to drain position causing the engine shut-down.

Position
All the components are installed on the engine except the
tachometer box which is mounted on the aircraft.

Main characteristics
Overspeed setting: 120% N2

- Automatic test:
• for each start
• during periodic inspection.

For training purposes only 10.4


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

Overspeed setting:
120% N2

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Automatic test:
• for each start
• during périodic inspection

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

SPEED
SENSOR
PHONIC
WHEELS
TACHOMETER
BOX

OVERSPEED
ELECTRO-VALVE This
protection system is
only installed on
twin-engine
configurations

OVERSPEED
ELECTRO-VALVE

SPEED
SENSOR TACHOMETER
BOX

GENERAL
POWER TURBINE OVERSPEED PROTECTION SYSTEM
For training purposes only 10.5
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

POWER TURBINE OVERSPEED


PROTECTION SYSTEM
POWER TURBINE OVERSPEED SENSOR Description
The sensor is fitted facing the phonic wheels, it includes two

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Function electro-magnetic pick-ups.

The power turbine overspeed sensor monitors N2 and transmits The sensor is secured by a hollow bolt and is fitted with a

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

the signal to the tachometer box (twin-engine versions). locating pin to ensure the correct orientation.

Position Operation
Screwed into the bottom of module 4 casing. The passage of the teeth in front of the electro-magnetic sensor
induces two alternating currents having a frequency proportional
to the speed and to the number of teeth :
Main characteristics
- Double pick-up nd x N
F =
- Type: Electro-magnetic. 60

(nd = number of teeth, N = rotation speed in rpm, F = Frequency)

As the phonic wheels don't have the same number of teeth,


the double sensor gives two different frenquencies proportional
to the speed.

For training purposes only 10.6


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

Double pick-up TO THE TACHOMETER BOX

Type:
Electro-magnetic F = nd x N

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

60

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

SENSOR
PHONIC WHEEL
PHONIC WHEELS

SENSOR

LOCATING
DOWEL

HOLLOW
BOLT

TACHOMETER
BOX

ELECTRO-MAGNETIC PHONIC
PICK-UP WHEEL

POWER TURBINE OVERSPEED SENSOR


POWER TURBINE OVERSPEED PROTECTION SYSTEM
For training purposes only 10.7
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

POWER TURBINE OVERSPEED


PROTECTION SYSTEM
Description
TACHOMETER BOX - GENERAL - DESCRIPTION
The tachometer box is mounted in the aircraft, it is connected

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Function to the overspeed sensor by an electrical harness.

To supply the overspeed electro-valve in case of an overspeed It includes two frequency detectors, a V relay, a bistable relay

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

detection and to control the operation of the bleed valve S and S', a rearming and a test push-button.
(according to version).
A cross monitoring system between the two overspeed boxes
inhibits the overspeed system of the other engine in case of
Position overspeed.

- In the aircraft

Main characteristics
- Electronic box

- Automatic test

- Periodic test.

For training purposes only 10.8


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

TEST
PUSH-BUTTON TEST
OSCILLATOR
REARMING

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

PUSH-BUTTON

N2

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


120%
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
S V

120% N2

OVERSPEED ELECTRO-VALVE
TEST ENGINE
SELECTOR INHIBITION OF THE STARTING
SHUT-DOWN
INHIBITION OF THE OTHER ENGINE
SYSTEM

25%

TEST
S'

REARMING 25%

ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR
FOR THE COMPRESSOR EVENTUAL INHIBITION OF THIS SYSTEM
OVERSPEED
CONNECTOR BLEED VALVE CONTROL

TACHOMETER BOX - GENERAL - DESCRIPTION


POWER TURBINE OVERSPEED PROTECTION SYSTEM
For training purposes only 10.9
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

POWER TURBINE OVERSPEED


PROTECTION SYSTEM
TACHOMETER BOX - OPERATION (1)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Power on
At power on, the sensors give the F1 and F2 frequencies to

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

frequency detectors which supply the light through the mutual


monitoring system (up 25% of N2).

Rearming is possible.

Overspeed condition
In the event of N2 overspeed (N2 approx. 120%) the two signals
of N2 (F1 and F2) are supplied to the two frequency detectors
which complete the circuit through relay V.

Relay V closes its contacts:


• supplying relay S
• breaking the circuit of the other engine.

The contacts of relay S


• open the other engine's overspeed circuit
• supply the overspeed solenoid
• open the start circuit
• open the overspeed light circuit.

For training purposes only 10.10


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

TEST
OSCILLATOR

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

POWER ON

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


120% N2
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- The light turns on (up to


25% of N2)
- Rearming (if necessary) S V

120% N2
OVERSPEED
OVERSPEED ELECTRO-VALVE
- Supply of the ENGINE
mono-stable relay V INHIBITION OF THE STARTING
- Supply of the bistable SHUT-DOWN
relay S INHIBITION OF THE OTHER ENGINE
- Supply of the overspeed SYSTEM
electro-valve
- Inhibition the other 25%
engine system
- Inhibition of the starting S'

REARMING
25%

EVENTUAL INHIBITION OF THIS SYSTEM


POWER ON
OVERSPEED

TACHOMETER BOX - OPERATION (1)


POWER TURBINE OVERSPEED PROTECTION SYSTEM
For training purposes only 10.11
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

POWER TURBINE OVERSPEED


PROTECTION SYSTEM
TACHOMETER BOX - OPERATION (2)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Automatic monitoring (all versions except


1E and 1S)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

The condition of the pick-up signals is checked at each start


with the light turning-off above 25% N2.

Periodic test
Engine stopped, operation of the push button simulates an
overspeed:
• the light goes off
• the electro-valve is supplied
• the start system is inhibited

After this test it is necessary to rearm the system.

Rearming
When the rearm push button is pressed the relay S' is supplied
and the relay returns to the normal position.

For training purposes only 10.12


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

OVERSPEED TEST
MANUAL TEST
OSCILLATOR

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

- Supply of the oscillator


120% *
- Oscillator inhibited for

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

N2 > 25%
120% N2

S V
AUTOMATIC MONITORING
ALL VERSIONS EXCEPT
120% N2
1E AND 1S: WHATEVER N1
OVERSPEED ELECTRO-VALVE
N2 (x) N2 (y)
ENGINE
OK OK Light off INHIBITION OF THE STARTING
SHUT-DOWN
OK 0 Light on INHIBITION OF THE OTHER ENGINE
SYSTEM
0 OK Light on

0 0 Light on 25%

S'

REARMING
25%

EVENTUAL INHIBITION OF THIS SYSTEM


OVERSPEED MANUAL TEST AUTOMATIC MONITORING

TACHOMETER BOX - OPERATION (2)


POWER TURBINE OVERSPEED PROTECTION SYSTEM
For training purposes only 10.13
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

POWER TURBINE OVERSPEED


PROTECTION SYSTEM
TACHOMETER BOX - OPERATION (3)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Automatic monitoring (1E, 1S versions)


This protection doesn't exist on all boxes.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Above 25% N2 and below 83% N1: the loss of one N2 speed
signal is indicated by the light staying "on".

- Above 25% N2 and 83% N1:


• the loss of one N2 speed signal is also indicated by the
light staying "on"
• the loss of two N2 speed signals causes the engine to
be shut down by the overspeed system.

- Above 25% N2.


• the loss of the N1 speed signal or any defect of the
protection stage is indicated by the flashing of the light.

Note: In all cases of engine shut down by overspeed, starting


is not possible.

For training purposes only 10.14


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

TEST
AUTOMATIC MONITORING
1S, 1E VERSIONS: OSCILLATOR
N1 < 83%

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

N2 (x) N2 (y)
120% N2

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


OK OK Light off
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

OK 0 Light on
S V
0 OK Light on

0 0 Light on 120% N2

N1 > 83% OVERSPEED ELECTRO-VALVE


ENGINE
INHIBITION OF THE STARTING
N2 (x) N2 (y)
SHUT-DOWN
OK OK Light off INHIBITION OF THE OTHER ENGINE
SYSTEM
OK 0 Light on
25%
0 OK Light on

0 0 Engine shut-down S'


1S, 1E
N2 > 25% REARMING
VERSION 25%
N1

OK Light off
83% N1
0 Light flashing

1E, 1S VERSION MONITORING EVENTUAL INHIBITION OF THIS SYSTEM

TACHOMETER BOX - OPERATION (3)


POWER TURBINE OVERSPEED PROTECTION SYSTEM
For training purposes only 10.15
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

ELECTRICAL HARNESSES

Function
Harnesses link the engine accessories to the aircraft.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Description and operation

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

All engine versions have a multi-pin plug for the engine/aircraft


interface and a second electrical plug for the pyrometric system
(except on ARRIEL 1S1: only one electrical plug for the two
harnesses).

On the twin-engine version : a harness for the speed detection


to stop the engine in case of overspeed.

Note: The starter-generator cables must also be mentioned.

For training purposes only 10.16


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

SPEED DETECTION PYROMETRIC ACCESSORY


HARNESS FOR THE HARNESS HARNESS
OVERSPEED SYSTEM
(twin-engine version) ARRIEL 1S1: only one connector

ELECTRICAL HARNESSES
For training purposes only 10.17
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE


MAINTENANCE Mandatory maintenance tasks
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
List of maintenance tasks considered by the manufacturer as
Refer to Maintenance Manual (chapter 05). having to be carried out, although they do not directly affect

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

flight safety.
Servicing inspections (except 1E2) Recommended maintenance tasks

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

List of maintenance tasks to be carried out:


List of maintenance tasks that are advised by the engine
- After the last flight of the day manufacturer in order to improve reliability, increase availability
and reduce the operating cost of the engine.
- Before the first flight of the day
- Pre-flight
Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to
- Post-flight
refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.

Servicing inspections (1E2)


List of maintenance tasks to be carried out:

- Before the first flight of the day

- Between two flights

- After 15 flight hours or 7 days.

Imperative maintenance tasks

List of maintenance tasks to performed to meet the Airworthiness


objectives.

For training purposes only 10.18


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

SERVICING INSPECTIONS MANDATORY MAINTENANCE TASKS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

AFTER 15 FLIGHT HOURS OR 7 DAYS - Control harness


- Check locking of the connectors • Visual inspection Chap. 71

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Free turbine: overspeed protection system


• Test Chap. 77

Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE
For training purposes only 10.19
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE


MAINTENANCE
CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

List of maintenance tasks to be carried out when required (in


the event of an operating anomaly).

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to


refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.

For training purposes only 10.20


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

(non exhaustive list)

- Overspeed sensor

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

• Removal / installation Chap. 77


• Test Chap. 77
- Tachometer and cycle counter
• Test No. 1: FT overspeed protection
and monitoring system Chap. 74
• Test No. 2: FT monitoring system Chap. 74
• Test No. 3: cycle counting function Chap. 74

Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE
For training purposes only 10.21
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

11 - ENGINE INSTALLATION

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

- Engine compartment ............................................................................ 11.2

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Engine mounting and lifting (71-20-01) ............................................... 11.4


- Air intake and exhaust system ............................................................ 11.6
- Engine/airframe system interfaces ..................................................... 11.8
- Drains - Air vents .................................................................................. 11.16
- Power drive (72-11-02) .......................................................................... 11.18
- Fire protection (26-12-00) ..................................................................... 11.20
- Engine installation - 1st line maintenance ......................................... 11.22 - 11.25

(XX-XX-XX): Page references which deal with the subject in the maintenance documentation.

For training purposes only 11.1


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE INSTALLATION
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

Function Description
The engine compartment accommodates the engines and A typical twin-engine installation includes the following

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

ensures their ventilation. components:

- Two areas separated by a central firewall:

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Position • Right engine area


- At the rear of the helicopter main gearbox. • Left engine area

- Three main firewalls:


Main characteristics • Front firewall
- Insulated compartments • Rear firewall
• Central firewall.
- Compartment ventilation by air circulation.
- The main engine mountings

Main components - Two main cowlings:


• The air inlet cowling which permits access to the air
- Firewalls
intake
- Cowlings • The engine cowling which permits access to the engine
and to the exhaust system.
- Support platform.
The compartment ventilation is ensured by air circulation in order
to maintain an acceptable temperature in the various areas.

The ventilation can be increased by the compressor bleed valve


air discharging into the engine compartment.

For training purposes only 11.2


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE INSTALLATION
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

- Insulated compartments
- Compartment ventilation
by air circulation

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

ENGINE FRONT CENTRAL REAR

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

FIREWALL FIREWALL FIREWALL

SUPPORT ENGINE MAIN AIR INLET ENGINE


PLATFORM MOUNTING GEARBOX COWLING COWLING

EXAMPLE OF SINGLE ENGINE EXAMPLE OF TWIN-ENGINE


INSTALLATION INSTALLATION

ENGINE COMPARTMENT
For training purposes only 11.3
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE INSTALLATION
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

ENGINE MOUNTING AND LIFTING


ENGINE MOUNTING ENGINE LIFTING

Function Function

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

The engine mountings attach the engine to the airframe. The lifting rings are used to lift the engine.
Description
Description

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Front mounting: at the front lower part of the accessory


gearbox casing, - 3 lifting rings: 2 at the front and 1 at the rear.
- Rear mounting: at the front lower part of the reduction gearbox
Engine removal and installation
casing, or on the protection tube (according to version).

Functional description Turbomeca supplies an engine lifting beam which attaches to


the lifting rings on the engine.
The front and rear engine mountings differ according to the
engine variant concerned. This allows the engine to be removed from and installed in the
- All variants except E-K-S: airframe.
• Front mounting - ring of bolts on the front support casing The removal/installation procedure is described in the Airframe
front flange Maintenance Manual and must only be carried out in accordance
• Rear mounting - a cradle under the protection tube, with this procedure and using the appropriate tooling.
secured by two clamps
- Variants E-K-S:
• Front mounting - yoke bolted to the front face of the
accessory gearbox, supported on two trunnion mounts,
• Rear mounting - a rod connects to the bracket on the
bottom of module M05.
- Variant E:
• Front mounting: 2 lateral supports fitted on the accessory
gearbox

For training purposes only 11.4


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE INSTALLATION
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

MOUNTING BY THE ENGINE LIFTING MOUNTING BY


FRONT SUPPORT BEAM CLAMPS ON THE
CASING FRONT FLANGE PROTECTION TUBE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

ALL VARIANTS EXCEPT E-K-S ALL VARIANTS EXCEPT E-K-S

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

REAR LIFTING
FRONT LIFTING RING
RINGS

MOUNTING BY TWO
ATTACHMENT
POINTS ON THE REAR
AIRFRAME MOUNTING

VARIANTS E-K-S VARIANT E VARIANTS E-K-S

ENGINE MOUNTING AND LIFTING


For training purposes only 11.5
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE INSTALLATION
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

AIR INTAKE AND EXHAUST SYSTEM

Air intake Exhaust system


Function Function

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

The air intake system directs the ambient air into the engine. The exhaust system discharges the exhaust gas overboard.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Position Position
- In front of the engine. - At the rear of the engine.

Main characteristics Main characteristics


- Type: Static or dynamic, annular - Type: divergent
- Airflow: 2.5 kg/sec. (5.5 lb/sec.). - Gas temperature: 600°C (1080°F).

Main components Main components


- Helicopter air intake - Engine exhaust pipe
- Intake duct - Exhaust extension.
- Anti-icing system. Functional description
Functional description The exhaust expels the gases directly but it can be adapted to
the aircraft by means of an extension. The engine compartment
A circular flange on the compressor casing permits connection ventilation can be accelerated by venturi effect between the
of the aircraft air intake duct. The admission of air can be made engine exhaust pipe and the aircraft duct.
through a static or a dynamic intake which can be provided with
protection devices (filters, anti-icing...). A pressurised seal can
also be fitted to improve the connection sealing. Some versions
are provided with a device for compressor washing.

For training purposes only 11.6


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE INSTALLATION
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

AIR INTAKE EXHAUST SYSTEM


Type: Type:
Static or dynamic, annular Divergent

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Airflow: Gas temperature:


2,5 kg/sec. (5.5 lb/sec.) 600°C (1080°F)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

AIR ANTI-ICING SEAL EXHAUST EXTENSION


DUCT PIPE

FILTER VENTURI TO ACCELERATE


THE COMPARTMENT
UNION FOR VENTILATION
COMPRESSOR WASHING

AIR INTAKE AND EXHAUST SYSTEM


For training purposes only 11.7
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE INSTALLATION
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

ENGINE/AIRFRAME SYSTEM INTERFACES


OIL SYSTEM

For each engine, the oil system has three interfaces as


follows:

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

- Oil return line to the aircraft oil cooler

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Oil supply line to the oil pump pack

- The vent line: from the oil tank to the accessory gearbox and
to the exhaust.

For training purposes only 11.8


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE INSTALLATION
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

OIL BREATHING
SUPPLY

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

AIRCRAFT ENGINE
OIL RETURN
TO THE COOLER

OIL SYSTEM
ENGINE/AIRFRAME SYSTEM INTERFACES
For training purposes only 11.9
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE INSTALLATION
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

ENGINE/AIRFRAME SYSTEM INTERFACES


AIRCRAFT LOW PRESSURE FUEL SYSTEM Functional description

Function The interface comprises the union on the FCU and return to tank
union. The aircraft system may include various devices: vent,

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

The system supplies the engine with fuel under determined level indication, filler neck, booster pump, pressure indicator,
conditions of pressure, flow, temperature and filtering. flowmeter. The booster pump will prime the engine system and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


prevent cavitation of the pump.
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Main characteristics
The filtering unit, normally fitted with a pre-blockage indicator
- Filtering 10 microns. and a by-pass valve is in the line before the shut-off valve which
is used to isolate the engine compartment from the aircraft
Main components system.

- Fuel tank

- Booster pump (except 1S) Note: In the 1E, 1S versions, the fuel inlet union is located on
the LP fuel system, located under the engine.
- Filter assembly

- Fuel shut-off valve

- Fuel inlet union

- Return to tank union.

For training purposes only 11.10


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE INSTALLATION
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

TO HP PUMP
FUEL INLET (FCU)
UNION

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

FUEL SHUT-OFF
VALVE

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

RETURN TO
TANK UNION

FUEL SUCTION
FROM TANK
FILTER UNIT
(filtering 10 microns)
1E, 1S VERSIONS

FUEL BOOSTER
TANK PUMP
(except 1S)

AIRCRAFT LOW PRESSURE FUEL SYSTEM


ENGINE/AIRFRAME SYSTEM INTERFACES
For training purposes only 11.11
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE INSTALLATION
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

ENGINE/AIRFRAME SYSTEM INTERFACES


MANUAL CONTROLS
Functional description
Function - Engine control lever (lever actuating 2 valves and a cam

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

in the fuel control unit: see chapter "FUEL SYSTEM" and


To allow the control of the fuel valves and of the anticipator. aircraft manuals for the mechanical linkage).

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Anticipator control (linkage with the helicopter collective pitch:


Position see operation of the anticipator in the chapter "CONTROL
The engine control lever and the collective pitch lever are in the SYSTEM" and details of the mechanical connection in the
cockpit and are mechanically connected to the FCU. aircraft manuals).

Main components
- Control lever

- Collective pitch lever

- Fuel control unit.

For training purposes only 11.12


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE INSTALLATION
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

FUEL VALVE
CONTROL

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

CONTROL LEVER

ANTICIPATOR
CONTROL

COLLECTIVE
PITCH LEVER

MANUAL CONTROLS
ENGINE/AIRFRAME SYSTEM INTERFACES
For training purposes only 11.13
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE INSTALLATION
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

ENGINE/AIRFRAME SYSTEM INTERFACES


AIR SYSTEM
Possible uses of the air
Function - Cabin heating

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

The system provides warm compressed air to the aircraft for - Pressurised seal
the aircraft services.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Air intake anti-icing


Position - Particle separator...
One tapping boss on each side of the centrifugal compressor
casing.
Note: Refer to aircraft manuals for detailed description of these
systems.
Main components
Air tapping points (x 2).

Functional description
Aircraft pipes can be connected to the two tapping points to
supply a given flow of P2 air. The flow is limited by restrictors
but any air bleed affects engine performance.

For training purposes only 11.14


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE INSTALLATION
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

P2
P2 TAPPING

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

AIR SYSTEM
ENGINE/AIRFRAME SYSTEM INTERFACES
For training purposes only 11.15
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE INSTALLATION
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

DRAINS - AIR VENTS

Function Description
To drain fluids from certain engine components. A drain collector is fitted on a bracket at the bottom of the

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

accessory gearbox casing and is connected by a flexible pipe


to an aircraft drain.
Position

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Four drain tubes are connected to the drain collector, the output
- Various pipelines on the engine connected to the aircraft casing drain, the pump drive drain, the combustion chamber
drain system. drain and the overspeed and drain valve.

Main characteristics The gas generator rear bearing vent pipe vents into the engine
compartment.
- Stainless steel tubes.
The engine breather comprises a T union on the upper right
side of the accessory gearbox. Connected to the front of this
Main components union is the oil tank breather and to the rear, the pipe which
discharges into the exhaust.
- Combustion chamber drain valve
The rear bearing supply collector has a drain into the engine
- General vent compartment.
- F.C.U. drive drain The exhaust pipe drain connects into a pipe which is connected
to an aircraft overboard drain.
- Overspeed and drain valve

- Exhaust pipe drain

- Output shaft casing drain

- Air vent of the gas generator rear bearing

- Rear bearing collector drain.

For training purposes only 11.16


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE INSTALLATION
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

COMBUSTION CHAMBER GAS GENERATOR GENERAL


DRAIN VALVE REAR BEARING VENT
AIR VENT

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

REAR BEARING
OVERSPEED AND
COLLECTOR DRAIN
DRAIN VALVE

FCU DRIVE
DRAIN

OUTPUT SHAFT
CASING DRAIN
EXHAUST PIPE
TO FUEL DRAIN
TANK OVERSPEED AND
DRAIN VALVE
TO AIRCRAFT
(post TU262)

DRAINS - AIR VENTS


For training purposes only 11.17
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE INSTALLATION
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

POWER DRIVE

Function Functional description


The power drive transmits the engine power to the helicopter The engine drive shaft consists of a steel tube, fitted with the

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

transmission system. following elements at each end:


The link is made by a transmission shaft designed to absorb - A triangular flange connected to the MGB input flange with

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

the engine torque and slight misalignements (supply by aircraft a flexible coupling
manufacturer or TURBOMECA according to version)
- A splined flange, connected to an adaptor flange which is
connected to the engine drive shaft flange with a flector.
Position
- Between the engine and the helicopter main gearbox. The flexible couplings are installed between the flanges. They
transmit torque, absorb shock and vibration and allow slight
misalignment.
Main characteristics
- Shaft designed to absorb the engine torque and slight
misalignments Note: In single engine versions, the free wheel unit drives the
main gearbox and the tail rotor shaft drive.
- Rotation speed: 6000 rpm at 100%.

Main components
The main components are:
• The engine drive shaft flange
• The flector (engine end)
• The adapting flange
• The drive shaft
• The flexible coupling (MGB end)
• The main gearbox input flange.

For training purposes only 11.18


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE INSTALLATION
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

FLECTOR ENGINE
DRIVE-FLANGE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

DRIVE
SHAFT 1S VERSION

Shaft designed to
absorb the engine
torque and slight
misalignments

Rotation speed:
6000 rpm at 100% SPLINES

ADAPTOR FLANGE
(splined)

FLEXIBLE
COUPLING

MAIN GEARBOX
INPUT FLANGE

1E VERSION

POWER DRIVE
For training purposes only 11.19
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE INSTALLATION
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

FIRE PROTECTION
Fire detectors
Fire detection
The detection is ensured by non sealed detectors with normally
Function closed contact (all versions except 1E and 1S) or one sealed

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

detector with normally open contact (1E) or by means of an


The fire detection system detects overtemperature in the engine aircraft mounted optical device (1S).
compartment and gives a cockpit indication. An extinguishing

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

system is installed in the aircraft. Some detectors have a built-in resistor in parallel which permits
the discrimination of circuit conditions (all versions except 1A,
Main characteristics 1B, 1E and 1S): normal, overtemp, harness failed.

- Engine manufacturer's supply (except 1S) In the case of detectors with normally closed contact, the
• Bi-metallic detectors, detectors are installed in series and have a setting which
corresponds to the engine area of location ("cold" area or "hot"
- Aircraft manufacturer's supply area) and thus they are not interchangeable.
• Optical detectors (1S only)
• Indicating system Extinguishing system (only on twin engine
• Extinguishing system. aircraft)
Description The fire extinguishing system includes an extinguisher bottle and
spraying jets. The extinguishing system can be operated from
- Engine: six detectors (except: 1E: one detector, 1S: no the cockpit (system supplied by the aircraft manufacturer).
detector) and the harness (fire proof cables),

- Aircraft: two detectors (1S only), extinguishing system and


a test system. Note: Refer to the aircraft manual for more information on the
extinguishing system.

For training purposes only 11.20


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE INSTALLATION
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

All versions except 1E and 1S (6 detectors)

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

1E

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

(1 detector)

NON SEALED DETECTOR SEALED DETECTOR


(all versions except 1E and 1S) (1E and after TU 294)
1S (2 detectors on aircraft)
POSITION OF DETECTORS
Engine manufacturer’s
Area 1 (cold) Area 2 (hot)
supply (except 1S):
+
• Bi-metallic detectors
Detection
Alarm
Aircraft manufacturer’s
logic
supply:
+ • Optical détectors (1S only)
• Indicating system
• Extinguishing system
Test button

EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM
+ (bottle, manifold... )
(only on twin engine helicopters)

Extinguishing
button Aircraft Engine
PRINCIPLE OF FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM

FIRE PROTECTION
For training purposes only 11.21
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE INSTALLATION
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

ENGINE INSTALLATION - 1ST LINE


MAINTENANCE Mandatory maintenance tasks
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
List of maintenance tasks considered by the manufacturer as
Refer to Maintenance Manual (chapter 05). having to be carried out, although they do not directly affect

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

flight safety.
Servicing inspections (except 1E2) Recommended maintenance tasks

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

List of maintenance tasks to be carried out:


List of maintenance tasks that are advised by the engine
- After the last flight of the day manufacturer in order to improve reliability, increase availability
and reduce the operating cost of the engine.
- Before the first flight of the day
- Pre-flight
Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to
- Post-flight
refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.

Servicing inspections (1E2)


List of maintenance tasks to be carried out:

- Before the first flight of the day

- Between two flights

- After 15 flight hours or 7 days.

Imperative maintenance tasks

List of maintenance tasks to performed to meet the Airworthiness


objectives.

For training purposes only 11.22


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE INSTALLATION
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

SERVICING INSPECTIONS MANDATORY MAINTENANCE TASKS

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

AFTER 15 FLIGHT HOURS OR 7 DAYS - Fire detection system


- Make sure there are no foreign objects (air intake, • Inspection Chap. 26

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

exhaust system) - Fire detector


• Visual inspection Chap. 26

RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE TASKS


- Removed fire detector
• Inspection Chap. 26

Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
ENGINE INSTALLATION - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE
For training purposes only 11.23
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE INSTALLATION
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

ENGINE INSTALLATION - 1ST LINE


MAINTENANCE
CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

List of maintenance tasks to be carried out when required (in


the event of an operating anomaly).

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Note: Before carrying out any maintenance tasks, remember to


refer to the latest Service Bulletins and Service Letters.

For training purposes only 11.24


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE INSTALLATION
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

(non exhaustive list)

- Fire detection

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

• Inspection / Check Chap. 26


- Fire detectors and support
• Removal / installation Chap. 26
- Vibration Chap. 71
- Control and monitoring harness Chap. 71
- Control and monitoring harness - Fire
detectors Chap. 71
- Drain system - pipes and unions Chap. 71

Before
carrying out any
maintenance tasks, remember
to refer to the latest Service
Bulletins and Service
Letters.

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE
ENGINE INSTALLATION - 1ST LINE MAINTENANCE
For training purposes only 11.25
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 ENGINE INSTALLATION
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

12 - TROUBLESHOOTING

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

- General ................................................................................................... 12.2

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Troubleshooting .................................................................................... 12.4


- Conclusion ............................................................................................ 12.10 - 12.11

For training purposes only 12.1


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 TROUBLESHOOTING
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

GENERAL

Introduction Repair procedure


Troubleshooting is a very important aspect of maintenance. The repair procedure should be guided by two main

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

considerations:
It allows the probable cause(s) of a failure to be identified.
- Minimum downtime

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Efficient diagnosis reduces the extra maintenance costs due to


unjustified removals and additional diagnosis time. - Justified removal of components.

In fact, even with a very high-reliability product, failure is inevitable The procedure to be applied depends on the case concerned
and required actions should be taken efficiently. but, in general, good knowledge of the product and methodical
research allows a safe diagnosis and quick corrective action.

Generally, the procedure includes the identification of the failure,


its analysis, the isolation of the non-conforming component, and
the choice of the repair to be applied.

For training purposes only 12.2


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 TROUBLESHOOTING
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

Inevitable Random

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Failure
(single, double,
dormant)

Symptoms (additional information, etc.)


Troubleshooting/ Do not neglect any components and take
repair interactions into consideration.
- Appropriate means and Analysis of the anomaly
- Diagnosis
procedures
- Remedy Isolation of the non-conforming component
- Training of personnel
- Repair Or other
- Check perception

Additional Deduction Substitution


MTTR checks
(Mean Time To Repair)
Total time required for
troubleshooting / repair Remedy
(adjustment, replacement, cleaning, repair)

GENERAL
For training purposes only 12.3
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 TROUBLESHOOTING
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

REFER TO THE
On selection of start, N1 increase, but no increase in T4
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Chapter 71-00-06

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

The ignition
system operates

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Yes (noise of HE components) No

Possible start on Note: Refer to the test


1 injector + procedure in order
1 igniter plug if to discriminate
on the same side

Note: It is also possible to check the


fuel flow through the combustion
chamber drain valve.

Yes Fuel flow No

STARTING ANOMALIES (1)


TROUBLESHOOTING
For training purposes only 12.4
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 TROUBLESHOOTING
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

REFER TO THE
Abnormal T4 rise
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Chapter 71-00-06

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

T4 T4 > 200°C T4
approx. 200°C but not sufficient too high

Increase due to the


injectors, but the
main system is not
supplied

Note: In all cases, check the electrical supply


(battery voltage).

STARTING ANOMALIES (2)


TROUBLESHOOTING
For training purposes only 12.5
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 TROUBLESHOOTING
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

REFER TO THE Crank selection


(press and hold) Note: 15 sec. max. to avoid starter
MAINTENANCE MANUAL overheat
Chapter 71-00-06

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

N1 indication

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

No

Yes

The starter turns

Yes No

The gas generator


is driven
Starting is
Yes No
possible

"Normal" Yes No
crank

ANOMALIES DURING CRANKING


TROUBLESHOOTING
For training purposes only 12.6
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 TROUBLESHOOTING
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

REFER TO THE
Abnormal oil pressure indication
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Chapter 71-00-06

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Low pressure No pressure Variation High pressure

Low oil
Yes pressure light No
illuminated?

LUBRICATION ANOMALIES
TROUBLESHOOTING
For training purposes only 12.7
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 TROUBLESHOOTING
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

REFER TO THE
MAINTENANCE MANUAL Uncommanded shut-down N2, N1, TRQ, T4, oil pressure decrease
Chapter 71-00-06

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Operation
of the power turbine

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Yes overspeed safety No


system

Yes Actual overspeed No

Doubt

Note: Unlikely

Note: In a twin engine configuration, the engine which remains in


operation supplies the required power within its limits.

ANOMALIES LEADING TO IN-FLIGHT SHUT-DOWN


TROUBLESHOOTING
For training purposes only 12.8
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 TROUBLESHOOTING
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

REFER TO THE
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Chapter 71-00-06

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Abnormal gas generator rotation speed N1

Uncommanded Uncommanded Incorrect


Overspeed Fluctuations
acceleration deceleration response time

Note: If one engine remains at a


fixed speed, while the second
engine operates normally, this
indicates a major failure
("frozen" metering unit)

MISCELLANEOUS CASES
TROUBLESHOOTING
For training purposes only 12.9
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 TROUBLESHOOTING
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

CONCLUSION
Despite the high reliability of the product, failures remain
inevitable and happen at random. But their rate and effects
can be reduced if the "enemies" of the engine are taken into
consideration.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

When the failure occurs, you have to be in a position to correct

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


it.
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

"Enemies" of the engine


The traditional adverse conditions for this type of engine are:

- Supply (oil, air, fuel, electricity):


• Oil: not in conformity with spec., contamination
• Air: sand, salt, pollutions
• Fuel: not in conformity with spec., contaminations
• Electricity: low voltage, connectors, interference

- Operation ("non respect" of instructions and procedures,


severe operating conditions)

- Maintenance ("non respect" of inspection frequencies, various


mistakes, wrong logistic).

For training purposes only 12.10


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 TROUBLESHOOTING
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

FUEL ELECTRICITY

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

- Not in conformity with - Too low voltage


specifications during starting

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Water in fuel - Interference


- Sulphur + salt in the air =
sulphidation

AIR OPERATION

- Sand - "Non respect" of instructions


- Salt and procedures
- Pollutions - Severe operating conditions

OIL MAINTENANCE

- Not in conformity - "Non respect" of inspection


with specifications frequencies
- Contaminations - Various mistakes
- Wrong logistic

CONCLUSION
For training purposes only 12.11
© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 TROUBLESHOOTING
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

13 - CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

- Introduction ........................................................................................... 13.2

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

- Questionnaire 1 ..................................................................................... 13.3


- Questionnaire 2 ..................................................................................... 13.6
- Questionnaire 3 ..................................................................................... 13.12
- Questionnaire 4...................................................................................... 13.15 - 13.28

For training purposes only 13.1


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

INTRODUCTION

Method Types of questionnaires


Continuous checking helps to ensure the information is Several types of questionnaire can be employed during a

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

assimilated. It is more a method of work than a testing in the course:


traditional sense.
- Traditional written questionnaire

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Objectives of the questionnaires - "Short answer" questionnaire

The questionnaires permit a progressive assimilation and long - Multi Choice Questionnaire (MCQ)
term retention. The questionnaires are a subject for discussion
(effects of group dynamics). They also permit students to consider - Oral questionnaire
important subjects several times under different aspects.
- Learning Through Teaching (LTT; the student has to explain
a given subject).
Integration into the training programme
- First hour every day for revision of the subjects previously Examination
studied
The final examination at the end of the course consists of three
- After each chapter (or module) of the course tests: written, oral and practical. A certificate and an approval
card are given to the student if the results are satisfactory.
- At the end of the training course.

For training purposes only 13.2


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 1
This traditional questionnaire is established according to the
same plan as the training notes in which the answers can be Engine

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

found. 1 - List the main components of the gas generator.


2 - State the following characteristics:
Power plant

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

• Compression ratio
1 - List the main functional components of the power plant. • Turbine entry temperature
2 - Explain the thermodynamic operation of the engine. • N2 speed at 100%
• N1 speed at 100%
3 - State the following features (at take-off, in standard
atmosphere): 3 - Describe the power turbine assembly.
• Power on the shaft 4 - Describe the fuel injection system.
• Output shaft rotation speed
5 - List the engine driven accessories.
• Mass of the engine with specific equipment.
6 - List the bearings which support the gas generator.
4 - Explain the principle of engine adaptation to helicopter
power requirements. 7 - Describe the system used for bearing sealing.
5 - List the main operating ratings. 8 - Describe the modular construction of the engine.
6 - 
How do temperature and altitude affect the engine 9 - Describe the engine air intake.
performance.
10 - 
List the manufacturing materials of the engine main
7 - List the main aspects of the maintenance concept. components.
8 - List the technical publications used for engine maintenance.
9 - Name the LRUs of the air system.
10 - Explain the attachment of each of the modules.

For training purposes only 13.3


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 1 (continued)
Oil system
Control system
1 - Draw a simplified diagram of the oil system.
1 - List the main functions of the control system.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

2 - Explain the general operation of the oil system.


2 - Explain the basic principle of the control system.
3 - Describe the oil filter assembly.
3 - Explain the operating principle of the speed control.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

4 - State the location of strainers and magnetic plugs.


4 - Describe the purpose and operation of the anticipator
Air system control.

1 - List the functions ensured by the internal air system 5 - Explain the operation of the acceleration controller.
(secondary system). 6 - What are the main sections of the FCU.
2 - List the function of the various air tappings. 7 - Describe and explain the operation of the power turbine
3 - Why are the start injectors ventilated? overspeed system.

4 - Explain the purpose and the operation of the compressor 8 - Describe the principle of load sharing in a twin engine
bleed valve. configuration.

Fuel system Measurement and indicating systems


1 - What is the purpose of the Booster pump. 1 - Describe the power turbine speed indicating system.
2 - Describe the fuel pump. 2 - Explain the operating principle of the torquemeter system.
3 - Describe the fuel metering unit. 3 - Describe the gas temperature indicating system.
4 - What is the purpose of the constant ∆P valve.
5 - Explain the principle of fuel injection (main and starting
injection).
6 - Explain the operation of the overspeed & drain valve.
7 - Describe the manual control system.

For training purposes only 13.4


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 1 (continued)

Starting system

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

1 - Describe the cranking function of the engine.


2 - Describe the ignition system (ignition unit and igniter

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

plugs).
3 - List the main phases of the starting cycle.
4 - Describe the starting control electrical system.

Electrical system
1 - List the engine electrical accessories.
2 - List the sensors (state the type of signal produced).
3 - Describe the electrical harnesses and connectors.

Engine installation
1 - Describe the attachment of the engine to the aircraft.
2 - Describe the engine power drive and the power
transmission.
3 - List the various engine / aircraft interfaces.
4 - Describe the fire protection system of the engine.

For training purposes only 13.5


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 2 Questions Answers

The following questions require short and accurate answers.


10 - Flight envelope - Max. altitude?
The student can answer orally or in the space provided for the
answers.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

11 - Flight envelope -
Max. temperature?

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Questions Answers 12 - Start envelope - Max. altitude?

1 - ARRIEL 1 power class? 13 - Engine air flow at 100% N1?

2 - Power turbine rotation speed at 14 - Overall compression ratio?


100%?
15 - Max. turbine entry temperature?
3 - Type of main fuel injection?
16 - Gas generator rotation speed at
4 - Number of engine modules? 100% N1?

5 - Number of power turbine stages? 17 - Direction of rotation of the gas


generator?
6 - Meaning of AEO?
18 - Direction of rotation of the power
7 - Mass of the equipped engine? turbine?

8 - Power evolution when altitude 19 - Manufacturing material for the axial


increases? compressor?

9 - Torque evolution function of N2 20 - What type of bearing is the axial


rotation speed? compressor bearing?

For training purposes only 13.6


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 2 (continued)
Questions Answers Questions Answers

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

21 - How is the axial compressor mounted 30 - Type of gas generator rear bearing?
on the gas generator module?

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

31 - Type of power turbine front bearing?


22 - Axial compressor compression ratio?
32 - To which module does the power
turbine nozzle guide vane belong?
23 - Manufacturing material for the
centrifugal compressor wheel? 33 - Type of power turbine?

24 - Number of stages of the centrifugal 34 - Does the exhaust pipe belong to one
compressor diffuser? module (yes or no)?

25 - Type of combustion chamber? 35 - Type of exhaust pipe attachment?

26 - Manufacturing material for the 36 - Number of gears in the reduction


combustion chamber? gearbox?

27 - Type of main fuel injection? 37 - Rotation speed of the intermediate gear


of the reduction gearbox?
28 - Pressure drop in the combustion
chamber? 38 - Number of driven accessories on the
accessory gearbox?
29 - Number of stages of the gas generator
turbine? 39 - Manufacturing material for the
accessory gearbox casing?

For training purposes only 13.7


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 2 (continued)

Questions Answers Questions Answers

40 - Is the oil pressure adjustable? 50 - Setting of the low oil pressure switch?

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

41 - Number of pumps in the oil pump 51 - Max. oil temperature?

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

pack?
52 - Location of the centrifugal breather?
42 - Type of oil pumps?
53 - Air tapping for the pressurisation of
43 - What is the setting of the check valve the power turbine front bearing?
at the pressure pump outlet?
54 - Air pressure at the centrifugal
44 - Filtering ability of the oil filter? compressor outlet?

45 - Setting of the oil filter by-pass valve? 55 - Temperature at the centrifugal


compressor outlet?
46 - Which bearings are ball bearings?
56 - When does the start injector ventilation
47 - Type of seal for the gas generator rear begin?
bearing sealing?
57 - Max. air tapping flow?
48 - Max. oil consumption?
58 - Type of compressor bleed valve?
49 - Type of oil pressure transmitter?
59 - Position of the bleed valve during
starting?

For training purposes only 13.8


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 2 (continued)

Questions Answers Questions Answers

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

60 - What are the bleed valve control 71 - How is the anticipator signal
signals? transmitted?

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

61 - Where is the bleed valve fitted? 72 - Setting of the fuel pressurising valve?

62 - Type of fuel filter?


73 - Fuel flow through the start injectors?
63 - Filtering ability of the fuel filter?
74 - Number of start injectors?
64 - Setting of the fuel filter by-pass
valve? 75 - Position of the combustion chamber
drain valve when the engine is
65 - Type of fuel pump? stopped?

66 - Position of the pump pressure relief 76 - Type of fuel control system?


valve in normal engine running?
77 - Signals for the acceleration controller
67 - Type of fuel metering device?
78 - Average response time of the control
68 - Position of the constant ∆P valve when
system
the engine is stopped?

69 - Type of manual fuel flow control? 79 - Is the static droop compensated

70 - Type of valve for injector 80 - Position of the main valve with lever in
ventilation? emergency plus

For training purposes only 13.9


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 2 (continued)

Questions Answers Questions Answers

81 - Meaning of OEI? 91 - Where is the oil pressure transmitter

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

located?
82 - Type of N2 controller?

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

92
- H o w a r e t h e t h e r m o c o u p l e s
83 - Position of the auxiliary valve with connected (parallel or series)?
the lever in the emergency minus
range? 93 - Location of the torquemeter?

84 - Closing threshold of the reinjection 94 - Type of torque transmitter?


prohibition switch
95 - Type of signal output by the transmitter
85 - What keeps the metering needle sensor?
closed when the control lever is
closed? 96 - Is the torque transmitter associated
with a particular module?
86 - Position of the manual control lever in
normal engine running? 97 - Type of starter?

87 - Type of speed sensors? 98 - Type of ignition system?

88 - What is the average torque pressure at 99 - Gas generator rotation speed at starter
100% torque ? cut-off?

89 - How does the low oil pressure switch


sense the pressure?

90 - Number of thermocouple probes?

For training purposes only 13.10


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 2 (continued)

Questions Answers Questions Answers

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

100 - Number of igniter plugs? 111 - Max. gas temperature during


starting?

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

101 - Max. duration of a ventilation?


112 - Low oil pressure switch setting?
102 - Is the ignition cable integral with the
igniter plug? 113 - Min. electrical supply voltage before
starting?
103 - Number of electrical connectors?
114 - Meaning of LRU?
104 - Location of the tachometer box?
115 - Meaning of TBO?
105 - Type of seal on the power shaft?
116 - Is borescopic inspection of the
106 - Type of connection engine/MGB? combustion chamber possible?

107 - Number of engine drains? 117 - Is there an adjustment of the


torquemeter?
108 - Engine operating envelope; min. and
max. altitude pressure?

109 - Max. starting altitude?

110 - Power turbine max. overspeed?

For training purposes only 13.11


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 3
This multi-choice questionnaire is used to review, in a relatively 6 - How many bearings support the gas generator :
short time, certain important points and to test the acquired a) 4
knowledge. b) 2

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

c) 3
Answers to the questions can be found at the end of the
questionnaire. 7 - The engine includes:

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

a) a hot section and a cold section


1 - The ARRIEL 1 engine is: b) 5 modules
a) a free turbine turboshaft engine c) 4 modules.
b) a turbo-jet engine
c) a fixed turbine turboshaft engine. 8 - Type of oil system:
a) dry sump
2 - Section of passage of the compressor diffusers: b) constant pressure
a) regular c) lubrication by splashing.
b) divergent
c) convergent. 9 - Setting of the oil filter pre-blockage indicator :
a) lower than the by-pass valve
3 - Type of combustion chamber: b) higher than the by-pass valve
a) annular with centrifugal injection c) the same as the pump valve.
b) annular, reverse flow
c) annular, indirect flow. 10 - The oil strainers are located:
a) at the outlet of the pumps
4 - The power turbine nozzle guide vane belongs to : b) on the inlet of the scavenge pumps
a) module M04 c) at the inlet of the lubricated components.
b) module M03
c) module M02 11 - Is there a max. oil temperature:
a) yes, 60°C
5 - Type of exhaust pipe attachment: b) no
a) bolts c) yes, 115°C max.
b) mounting pads
c) clamp.

For training purposes only 13.12


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 3 (continued)
17 - The gap between the metering needle and the fork:
12 -
T he air tapped at the centrifugal wheel outlet a) represents the instant flow step

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

pressurises : b) varies with N1


a) some labyrinth seals c) provides a smoother acceleration.
b) the tank

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

c) the pumps. 18 - The fuel pump is:


a) vane type
13 - Position of the bleed valve during flight? b) gear type
a) open c) centrifugal.
b) closed
c) depends on conditions. 19 - The fuel system pressurising valve:
a) is electrically controlled
14 - Ventilation of start injectors: b) operates when overpressure occurs
a) does not exist c) gives priority to the start injectors.
b) is made with air from the compressor
c) is made with atmospheric pressure air. 20 - The starter is de-energised:
a) automatically
15 - The injection centrifugal wheel is drained: b) by air pressure
a) permanently c) manually.
b) to enable the ventilation cycle
c) during engine shut-down. 21 - The thermocouples are wired:
a) in series
16 - The max. speed of the gas generator is: b) in parallel
a) limited by a hydraulic stop c) on the turbine casing.
b) limited by a mechanical stop
c) not limited by the Fuel Control Unit.

For training purposes only 13.13


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 3 (continued)
28 - HE ignition means:
22 - The torque indicating system: a) Hot Electrode
a) is hydraulic b) High Energy

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


b) is not used
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

c) High Emission.
c) is of phase displacement type.
29 - Borescopic inspection is used to check:

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


23 - Number of thermocouple probes:
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

a) the external parts condition


a) 3 b) the condition of internal parts which are not accessible
b) 4 without removal
c) 5. c) the reduction gearbox condition.

24 - Oil pump pressure relief valve setting? 30 - The reliability of the engine is:
a) 300 kPa a) good
b) 600 kPa b) fairly good
c) 800 kPa. c) extremely good.

25 - Bleed valve position is transmitted by:


a) a pressure switch
b) a micro switch
c) an RVDT. 30 - abc? 29 - b 28 - b 27 - a 26 - a
25 - b 24 - c 23 - a 22 - a 21 - b
26 - The starter is supplied via a: 20 - c 19 - c 18 - c 17 - a 16 - a
a) contactor 15 - c 14 - b 13 - c 12 - a 11 - c
b) micro switch
10 - b 9-a 8-a 7-b 6-c
c) transistor.
5-a 4-b 3-a 2-b 1-a
27 - Starting is possible with one igniter:
a) yes Answers
b) no
c) yes, in emergency.

For training purposes only 13.14


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 4
This questionnaire is a sort of drill which is also used to test
2 - Name the reference stations:
and perfect the knowledge acquired.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

1 - Complete this table (with values):

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

G C T1 T2

Max. Take-Off Power


CC
Compression ratio
0 1 2 3 4 5
WF
Engine air flow

N2 speed at 100%

N1 speed at 100% 0 - ..................................... 3 - ....................................

1 - ..................................... 4 - ....................................

2 - ..................................... 5 - ....................................

For training purposes only 13.15


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 4 (continued)

3 - Engine - List the components on the diagram:

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

1 2 3

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

5 4

1 - ......................................................... 2 - ............................................................. 3 - .......................................................

4 - ......................................................... 5 - ............................................................. 6 - ......................................................

For training purposes only 13.16


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 4 (continued)

4 - Oil system - List the components:

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

4 5
AIRFRAME ENGINE

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

1 2 3

1 - ......................................................... 2 - ............................................................. 3 - .......................................................

4 - ......................................................... 5 - ............................................................. 6 - ......................................................

For training purposes only 13.17


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 4 (continued)

5 - Complete the following table:

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

P0 P1' P2

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Injector ventilation

Acceleration control unit

Bleed valve control pressure

Injection wheel pressurisation

Axial compressor bearing pressurisation

Gas generator rear bearing cooling

Power turbine bearing chamber labyrinth pressurisation

Gas generator turbine disc cooling

For training purposes only 13.18


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 4 (continued)

6 - Complete the legend of the compressor field diagram:

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

COMPRESSION

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

RATIO P2 / P0

AIR FLOW G

A - ......................................................... B - ............................................................. C - .......................................................

For training purposes only 13.19


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 4 (continued)
7 - Fuel system - Complete the legend :

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

1 2 3 4

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

8 7

1 - ..................................... 2 - ..................................... 3 - ..................................... 4 - ..............................


5 - ..................................... 6 - ..................................... 7 - ..................................... 8 - ..............................

For training purposes only 13.20


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 4 (continued)
8 - Fuel system - List the components:

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

6
3

1 - ..................................... 2 - ..................................... 3 - ..................................... 4 - ..............................


5 - ..................................... 6 - ..................................... 7 - ..................................... 8 - ..............................

For training purposes only 13.21


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 4 (continued)

9 - Fuel system - Complete the following table:

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Engine in stabilised
Engine stopped
flight

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Fuel pump..................................................................

Pump pressure relief valve.........................................

Constant ∆P valve .....................................................

Metering needle .........................................................

Start injector electro-valve..........................................

Overspeed electro-valve............................................

Pressurising valve......................................................

Main valve..................................................................

Combustion chamber drain valve...............................

For training purposes only 13.22


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 4 (continued)

10 - Control system - List the components:

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

P2 6
3
WF

5
+

N1
4

N1* +
N2

+ N2*

1 - ......................................................... 2 - ............................................................. 3 - .......................................................

4 - ......................................................... 5 - ............................................................. 6 - ......................................................

For training purposes only 13.23


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 4 (continued)
11 - Complete the following graphs during a load TRQ increase:

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Power turbine
speed N2

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

time

Load
TRQ Fuel flow
WF

time time

Gas generator
speed N1

time

For training purposes only 13.24


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 4 (continued)
12 - Drains - List the drains :

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

4 3

6 7

1 2

1 - ..................................... 2 - ..................................... 3 - ..................................... 4 - ..............................


5 - ..................................... 6 - ..................................... 7 - ..................................... 8 - ..............................

For training purposes only 13.25


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 4 (continued)

13 - Complete the following table :

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Number of lifting points?

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Type of fire detectors?

Number of drain points?

Air used for intake anti-icing?

Max. air tapping flow for aircraft use?

Loss of power due to aircraft tapping?

For training purposes only 13.26


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 4 (continued)

14 - Define of the following documents:

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Maintenance manual(s)

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

Spare parts catalogue

Tools catalogue

Service bulletins

Service letters

Engine log book

Flight manual

For training purposes only 13.27


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE
Training Notes
ARRIEL 1 1st line maintenance course

QUESTIONNAIRE 4 (continued)

15 - Trouble shooting. Indicate the probable cause(s) of the following faults.

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

1 - On start selection, N increases but not


the gas temperature.

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

2 - On start selection, N and T4 increase


but not sufficiently to obtain start.

3 - Surge of the compressor.

4 - Max. power not obtained.

5 - On stop selection, the engine does not


completely shut-down.

6 - Incorrect speed of the helicopter rotor.

7 - Power turbine overspeed.

8 - Drop of oil pressure.

9 - Abnormal T4 temperature.

10 - N1 overspeed.

For training purposes only 13.28


© Copyright - Turbomeca Training Edition: April 2012 CHECKING OF KNOWLEDGE
END
of these training notes and (maybe also) of the course

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

but not the END of your training

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

which must be continued,


harmonizing knowledge and experience.

THANK YOU for your kind attention.


Au revoir
Goodbye
Adiós
Auf Wiedersehen
Adeus
Arrivederci
Farvel
To t z i e n s
Adjö
Näkemiin
Antio
Ma salaam
Selamat jalan
Adishatz
Ikus Arte
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
REMARKS

Remarks (appreciations, criticisms, suggestions...) should be forwarded to:

Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

TURBOMECA

not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)


CENTRE D’INSTRUCTION
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)

40220 TARNOS - FRANCE

REMARKS CONCERNING THE TRAINING AIDS REMARKS CONCERNING THE TRAINING COURSE

Name.......................................................................................................................... .

Address..................................................................................................................... .

Course........................................................ from.........................to.......................... .

TURBOMECA Training Centre


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and


Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
not updated after the course (refer to the FOREWORD page)
Training information only delivered during a Turbomeca Training course and

Vous aimerez peut-être aussi